TruGolf Holdings, Inc S-1, filed Jun 20, 2025
TruGolf Holdings, Inc. (TRUG)
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 20, 2025
Registration No. 333-
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
| 6770 | ||||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
Chief Executive Officer
TruGolf Holdings, Inc.
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)
Copies of all communications, including communications sent to the agent for service, to:
Cavas S. Pavri
ArentFox Schiff LLP
1717 K Street NW
Washington, DC 20006
Telephone: (202) 724-6847
Fax: (202) 778-6460
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: From time to time after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. ☒
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
| Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ | |
| ☒ | Smaller reporting company | |||
| Emerging growth company |
If
an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying
with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.
The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The selling securityholders named in this prospectus may not sell these securities until the registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and the selling securityholders named in this prospectus are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer for sale is not permitted.
| PROSPECTUS | SUBJECT TO COMPLETION | DATED JUNE 20, 2025 |
TRUGOLF HOLDINGS, INC.
420,825,000 Shares of Class A Common Stock Underlying Series A Preferred Stock
This prospectus relates to the offer and sale from time to time by the selling securityholders named in this prospectus (the “Selling Securityholders”) of an aggregate of up to 420,825,000 shares of our Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”) issuable upon the conversion of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per shares (“Series A Preferred Stock”) issuable upon the exercise of Warrants to purchase Series A Preferred Stock (the “Warrants”) with an exercise price of $900 per share.
We are registering the offer and sale of these securities to satisfy certain registration rights we have granted. The Selling Securityholders may offer, sell, or distribute all or a portion of the securities hereby registered publicly or through private transactions at prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. We will not receive any of the proceeds from such sales of the shares of our Class A Common Stock, except with respect to amounts received by us upon the exercise of the Warrants for cash. We will bear all costs, expenses, and fees in connection with the registration of these securities, including with regard to compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws. The Selling Securityholders will bear all commissions and discounts, if any, attributable to their sale of shares of our Class A Common Stock or Warrants. See the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” of this prospectus for additional information.
Our Class A Common Stock are listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market, of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “TRUG”. On June 17, 2025, the last quoted sale price for our Class A Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq was $0.1691 per share.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined under the federal securities laws, and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings.
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any securities, you should carefully read the discussion of the risks of investing in our securities in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement or amendment hereto. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The date of this prospectus is __________, 2025
TABLE OF CONTENTS
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. No one has been authorized to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. This prospectus is dated as of the date set forth on the cover hereof. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than that date.
| i |
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-1 that we filed with the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), under which the Selling Securityholders may, from time to time, sell the securities offered by them described in this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale by such Selling Securityholders of the securities offered by them described in this prospectus. This prospectus also relates to the issuance by us of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock. We will receive proceeds to the extent there are any cash exercises of the Warrants.
Neither we nor the Selling Securityholders have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplement, or any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the Selling Securityholders take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. Neither we nor the Selling Securityholders will make an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted. No dealer, salesperson, or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplement or any related free writing prospectus. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement is accurate as of the date on the front of those documents only, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any applicable prospectus supplement, or any sale of a security. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since those dates.
The Selling Securityholders and their permitted transferees may use this registration statement to sell securities from time to time through any means described in the section entitled “Plan of Distribution.” More specific terms of any securities that the Selling Securityholders and their permitted transferees offer and sell may be provided in a prospectus supplement that describes, among other things, the specific amounts and prices of the securities being offered and the terms of the offering.
We may also provide a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the registration statement to add information to, or update or change information contained in, this prospectus. Any statement contained in this prospectus will be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment modifies or supersedes such statement. Any statement so modified will be deemed to constitute a part of this prospectus only as so modified, and any statement so superseded will be deemed not to constitute a part of this prospectus. You should read both this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the registration statement together with the additional information to which we refer you in the section of this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find More Information.”
This prospectus contains summaries of certain provisions contained in some of the documents described herein, but reference is made to the actual documents for complete information. All of the summaries are qualified in their entirety by the actual documents. Copies of some of the documents referred to herein have been filed, will be filed, or will be incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and you may obtain copies of those documents as described below under “Where You Can Find More Information.”
Unless expressly indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” the “Registrant,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to the Company (and the business of TruGolf Nevada which became the business of the Company after giving effect to the Business Combination).
| 1 |
TRADEMARKS
This document contains references to trademarks and service marks belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that the applicable licensor will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, its rights to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks, or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of it by, any other companies.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus and the information incorporated herein by reference contain forward-looking. Forward-looking statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future performance. Instead, they are based only on our current beliefs, expectations, and assumptions regarding the future of our business, future plans and strategies, projections, anticipated events and trends, the economy, and other future conditions. This includes, without limitation, statements regarding the financial position and the plans and objectives of management for our future operations. Such statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. When used in this prospectus, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “strive,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus and in any document incorporated by reference in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about:
| ● | the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances, including the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against us; |
| ● | the ability to maintain the listing of our securities on Nasdaq, and the potential liquidity and trading of our securities; |
| ● | the risk of disruption to our current plans and operations; |
| ● | costs related to our business; |
| ● | changes in applicable laws or regulations; |
| ● | our ability to meet its future capital requirements to fund our operations, which may involve debt and/or equity financing, and to obtain such debt and/or equity financing on favorable terms, and our sources and uses of cash; |
| ● | our ability to execute on our plans to develop and commercialize our current clinical assets, as well as any future clinical assets that we license, and the timing of any such commercialization; |
| ● | our ability to maintain existing license agreements; |
| ● | our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements, and needs for additional financing; |
| ● | our ability to achieve and maintain profitability in the future; |
| ● | our financial performance; and |
| ● | other factors disclosed under the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. |
These forward-looking statements are based on information available as of the date of this prospectus and current expectations, forecasts, and assumptions, and involve a number of judgments, risks, and uncertainties. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any subsequent date, and we do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.
| 2 |
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information contained in other parts of this prospectus. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that should be considered before purchasing our securities in this offering and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere. You should read the entire prospectus, the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, including the “Risk Factors” section and our financial statements and the related notes, before purchasing any of our securities. Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, the terms the “Company,” the “Registrant,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to the Company (and the business of TruGolf Nevada, which became the business of the Company after giving effect to the Business Combination).
Corporate History
Trugolf Holdings, Inc. (the “Company” or “TruGolf”, “we”, “us”) was incorporated on July 8, 2020 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a business combination, with no material operation of its own. Our operations are conducted through our subsidiary TruGolf, Inc., a Nevada Corporation (“TruGolf Nevada”). TruGolf Nevada was formed as a Utah corporation on October 4, 1995, under the name “TruGolf, Incorporated”. TruGolf Nevada’s original business plan was the creation of golfing video games. On June 9, 1999, the TruGolf Nevada changed its name to “TruGolf, Inc.” Effective on April 26, 2016, TruGolf Nevada filed Articles of Merger with the State of Utah, Department of Commerce, and on April 28, 2016, TruGolf Nevada filed Articles of Merger with the Secretary of State of Nevada, pursuant to which TruGolf, Inc., a Utah corporation, merged with and into TruGolf Nevada, pursuant to a Plan of Merger. TruGolf Nevada was the surviving corporation in the merger. In connection with the Plan of Merger, TruGolf Nevada affected a four-for-one forward stock split of its outstanding common stock.
TruGolf Nevada has been creating indoor golf software for 40 years. We began as a subsidiary of Access Software, Inc., a video game developer based in Salt Lake City, Utah (“Access Software”), which was co-founded in November 1982, by Christopher Jones, TruGolf Nevada’s largest stockholder, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman. In April 1999, Access Software was purchased by Microsoft Corp., for its expertise in golf software development. Following the acquisition, the core programming and graphics team of Links™, which created Links LS 1999, one of the bestselling PC sports games of 1999, were spun out to TruGolf Nevada.
Since 1999, we have focused on establishing residential and commercial golf simulation as a viable industry, and since 2007, we have focused on fabricating custom golf simulators for luxury clients. Part of our initial strategy included partnering with hardware inventors to provide them world class software. Over time, we found that it was not viable to rely on these early hardware inventors alone, we also began building and selling our own hardware. In addition, we are working with a video game company to utilize their new dynamic graphics engine which will enable us to bring photorealistic golf courses to life through our E6 software (discussed below). In addition, we have developed multiple sources and 3rd party manufacturers for the raw materials or parts for our products, including but not limited to, steel or aluminum frames, fabric, turf, screens, projectors, PCs, cameras, lasers, infrared sensors, and supporting subsystems. The availability of the frames and fabric from our principal provider, Allied ES&A, has been increased as they have moved into a much larger facility directly located in a large employee base community and we have entered into negotiations with a second supplier in order to provide alternative sourcing if needed. A third supplier, Impact Signs, has also been used in the past and TruGolf Nevada believes that it could purchase turf, and screen supplies from them as well if needed. Both turf (Controlled Products), and screen suppliers (Allied), are so specialized that we have come to rely on one vendor for each, respectively. Turf particularly experienced some delivery delays in 2022 that have been rectified, additional inventory has been secured locally, and our highest volume portable simulators have been redesigned to use less raw materials from that vendor, while adding an improved hitting surface from a second vendor, Real Feel, to mitigate risk. Negotiations with a second supplier of screen materials is in progress. Projectors (TV Specialists), PCs, lasers, IR sensors and other systems come from multiple suppliers with no historical delay in supply. We have 2 primary suppliers of cameras, IDS and Basler, and have integrated products from both in the new Apogee unit to ensure the greatest availability possible.
| 3 |
Market For Indoor Golf
We believe that it is important to understand the macro-economic trends of indoor golf as a sport, as a culture, and as a movement, to better understand the market for our indoor golfing simulators and software. According to the National Golf Foundation (the “NGF”), golf is the largest participation sport in America, with 41 million active golfers over six years old, and has had a growth rate of adding 3 million net new golfers in each of the 2021 and 2022. However, according to the NGF, in 2022, there were over 15.5 million golfers that participated exclusively in off-course golf activities, such as driving ranges, indoor golf simulators, or golf entertainment venues, and only 13 million people who played exclusively on a golf course. According to the NGF, a total of 17.8 million people who did not play golf in 2021 said they are “very interested” in playing golf on a golf course. According to a January 26, 2023 article from the NGF, the off-course golfers have increased more significantly, with a 13% year-over-year jump, compared with a 2% rise in on-course participation. As reported, the total off-course market in 2022 of approximately $27.9 million has for the first time eclipsed on-course play.
The total addressable market for golf products in 2022 was an estimated $1.4 USD Billion, and with a CAGR of 11.05% is forecast to reach $3.8 USD Billion by 2031. Econ Market Research estimates that North America represents 36%, Europe 28%, Asia Pacific 22%, and Middle East and Africa 7% of total Capital Market share in 2022. In this same report they have found that TruGolf Nevada currently maintains a 4.28% market share. They also noted that 69% of the total market is from Indoor Golf Simulators, while 31% is from Outdoor Golf Simulators in 2022 with a slight shift of 1% towards Outdoor Golf Simulators by 2031. In additional the report found that only 21% of sales were for Residential application, and 78% sold for Commercial applications, with a small increase in Residential to 22% by 2031. While it is not directly stated in the Econ Market Research study, we consider revenue from both SaaS software and Data Analytics to be included in the overall total addressable market for golf products. Our planned products are aligned directly with these findings as our Apogee launch monitor is an indoor only, and ceiling mounted device ideally for commercial facilities, yet equally beneficial to residential use. Our software, both E6 CONNECT, and APEX have power tools for commercial facilities to make playing, improving and enjoying golf easier than ever. While our software is available on 90% of hardware in the market this allows us to access customers for use indoor, outdoor, and residential, as well as commercial. In addition to these hardware and software solutions targeting directly the market segments we will be launching a franchise solution to capitalize on the powerful demand for commercial offerings.
We believe there are many reasons for the decline in outdoor rounds of golf being played and the simultaneous increase of indoor rounds of golf, including (i) the major costs of running a golf course (and consequently the costs of playing outdoor golf), including environmental factors making outdoor golf increasingly costly and requiring more and more water for vegetation, as temperatures across the United States increase, even as available water has generally decreased, (ii) the closing of over 100 golf courses every year (NGF) and (iii) the challenge in finding available daylight hours with so many golfers and so few golf courses , especially in light of the lengthy time period required to play a full outdoor course. We believe that all of these factors combine to create a significant opportunity to capitalize on a growing sport, a growing segment of that sport, and a convergence of demand and popularity seldom seen in virtual participation athletics - indoor golf.
Current Operations
We currently leverage a bifurcated branding strategy by both (1) selling indoor golf simulator hardware under our TruGolf Nevada brand, which hardware includes our E6 Connect software; (2) selling our E6 Connect software separately for use on other companies’ hardware and (3) franchising indoor golf simulation facilities. In the future, we also intend to create a “Virtual Golf Association” of online players, and leverage our access to swing data, each as discussed in greater detail below.
| 4 |
Business Combination
On January 31, 2024, the Company consummated the business combination (the “Business Combination”) contemplated by the previously announced Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 21, 2023 (as amended, the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company, DMAC Merger Sub Inc., a Nevada corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), Bright Vision Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in the capacity as the Purchaser Representative thereunder, Christopher Jones, in the capacity as the Seller Representative thereunder, and TruGolf, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“TruGolf”). As a result of the Business Combination and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (i) Merger Sub merged with and into TruGolf (the “Merger”), with TruGolf surviving the Merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and (ii) the Company’s name was changed from Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp. to TruGolf Holdings, Inc. The Company’s Class A common stock commenced trading on Nasdaq under the ticker symbol “TRUG” on February 1, 2024.
Recent Developments
Increase in Authorized Shares
At a special meeting of stockholders held on May 30, 2025 (the “Special Meeting”), the Company’s stockholders approved a proposal to approve a Certificate of Amendment to the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate Amendment”) which would amend the Company’s existing certificate of incorporation, as amended, to increase the number of authorized shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock from 90,000,000 shares to 650,000,000 shares. The Certificate Amendment became effective upon filing with the Delaware Secretary of State on June 2, 2025.
Nasdaq Hearing
The Company previously received a deficiency letter from the Listing Qualifications Department of the Nasdaq Stock Market notifying the Company that the listing of its Class A common stock was not in compliance with: (i) the minimum Market Value of Publicly Held Shares requirement set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5450(b)(2)(C) (the “MVPHS Rule”); (ii) the minimum bid price requirement of $1.00 per share set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5450(a)(1) (the “Bid Price Rule”); and (iii) the minimum shareholders’ equity requirement set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5450(b)(1)(A) (the “Equity Rule”).
The Company requested a hearing before a Nasdaq hearing panel (the “Panel”) to present a plan to regain compliance with all the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq and such hearing was held May 15, 2025. On May 30, 2025, the Panel provided the Company a temporary exception to regain compliance with the Bid Price Rule until July 8, 2025 and with the MVPHS Rule and Equity Rule until July 30, 2025. In addition, the Panel directed that the Company’s listing be transferred to the Nasdaq Capital Market, effective at the open of business on June 3, 2025.
The Panel reserves the right to reconsider the terms of this exception based on any event, condition or circumstance that exists or develops that would, in the opinion of the Panel, make continued listing of the Company’s securities on Nasdaq inadvisable or unwarranted. The Panel notification advised the Company that the Nasdaq Listing and Hearing Review Council may, on its own motion, determine to review any Panel decision within 45 calendar days after issuance of the written decision. If the Listing Council determines to review the Panel’s decision in the Company’s matter, it may affirm, modify, reverse, dismiss or remand the decision to the Panel.
Equity Line of Credit
On May 14, 2025, the Company entered into an Equity Purchase Facility Agreement (the “EPFA”) with an institutional investor (the “Investor”). Pursuant to the EPFA, subject to certain conditions precedent contained therein, the Company has the right to issue and sell to the Investor, from time to time, and the Investor shall purchase from the Company, up to an aggregate of $20 million (the “Commitment Amount”) in newly issued shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Shares”). The Company may not issue any Shares (including the Commitment Shares, as defined below) without first obtaining stockholder approval for such issuance as required by the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq (such date, the “Stockholder Approval Date”).
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the EPFA, at any time until the EPFA is terminated, the Company, in its sole discretion, has the right, but not the obligation, to issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor must subscribe for and purchase from the Company, Shares (“Advance Shares”) by the delivery to the Investor of Advance Notices (as defined below). The Company must, in its sole discretion, select the number of Advance Shares, not to exceed the Maximum Advance Amount (as defined in the EPFA), it desires to issue and sell to the Investor in each Advance Notice and the time it desires to deliver each written notice to the Investor setting forth the number of Advance Shares that the Company desires to issue and sell to the Investor (the “Advance Notice”). There is no mandatory minimum Advances and there is no non-usage fees for not utilizing the Commitment Amount or any part thereof. The price per Advance Share will be determined by multiplying the market price by 93% in respect of an Advance Notice.
In connection with entering into the EPFA, the Company agreed to issue a commitment fee in an amount equal to 1.00% of the Commitment Amount (the “Commitment Fee”) by the issuance to the Investor of such number of Shares (collectively, the “Commitment Shares”) that is equal to the Commitment Fee divided by the lowest Daily VWAP of the Shares during the 10 Trading Days immediately prior to the Effective Date (as defined in the EPFA). Fifty percent (50%) of the Commitment Shares is due and must be issued on the Stockholder Approval Date and the remaining fifty percent (50%) of such Commitment Shares will be due and issued on the date the Company delivers the first Advance Notice to the Investor, provided that such Advance Notice is received prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the Effective Date.
| 5 |
Pursuant to the terms of the EPFA, the Company is required to hold a special meeting of stockholders, no later than ninety calendar days following the date of the EPFA, to seek approval of the issuance of all of the Shares that may be issuable pursuant to the EPFA, including the Commitment Shares, in compliance with the rules and regulations of Nasdaq.
In connection with entering into the EPFA with the Investor, the Company also entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “RRA”) with the Investor. Pursuant to the RRA, the Company agreed to register the resale the Shares that are to be issued to the Investor under the EPFA within certain time periods set forth in the RRA. If the registration statement covering the resale of such Shares is not filed or declared effective by certain dates set forth in the RRA, the Company will be required to pay the Investor certain amounts as liquidated damages.
The offer and sale to the Investor of the Shares issuable under the EPFA will be made in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Securities Act”), or upon such other exemption or exclusion from the registration requirements of the Securities Act as may be available with respect to any or all of the transactions with the Investor to be made under the EPFA.
Conversion of Dividend Notes Payable
On April 21, 2025, the Company entered into agreements with the holders of approximately $3.9 million in outstanding notes payable (including accrued interest) originally issued in November 2022, including officers and directors of the Company, pursuant to which such note holders converted all outstanding amounts payable to such note holders into (i) 8,283,139 shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, with respect to $2.6 million in principal and interest of such notes payable, and into (ii) 4,233,077 shares of Common Stock, with respect to $1.3 million in principal and interest of such notes payable, in each case at a conversion price of $0.31204 per share, which was above the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock prior to conversion.
On April 21, 2025, the Company agreed to cancel and rescind the conversion of $300,000 of PIPE Convertible Notes, plus interest, as a result of such noteholder not being able to take possession of such conversion shares prior to the expiration of a DWAC deposit by our transfer agent with the Depository Trust Company.
Convertible Notes
On February 2, 2024, we executed a securities purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with certain investors (together, the “PIPE Investors”). Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, the PIPE Investors agreed to purchase (i) senior convertible notes in the aggregate principal amount of up to $15,500,000 (the “PIPE Convertible Notes”), (ii) Series A warrants to initially purchase 1,409,091 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (the “Series A Warrants”); and (iii) Series B warrants to initially purchase 1,550,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (the “Series B Warrants,” and collectively with the Series A Warrants, the “PIPE Warrants”) (the “PIPE Financing”).
The Purchase Agreement contemplates funding of the investment (the “Investment”) across multiple tranches. At the first closing (the “Initial Closing”) an aggregate principal amount of $4,650,000 of PIPE Convertible Notes was issued upon the satisfaction of certain customary closing conditions in exchange for aggregate gross proceeds of $4,185,000, representing an original issue discount of 10%. On such date (the “Initial Closing Date”), we also issued the PIPE Investors the Series A Warrants and the Series B Warrants.
In addition, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, each PIPE Investor has the right, but not the obligation, to require that, upon notice, the Company sell to such PIPE Investor at one or more additional closings such PIPE Investor’s pro rata share of up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $10,850,000 in additional PIPE Convertible Notes (each such additional closing, an “Additional Optional Closing”). On December 16, 2024, one PIPE Investor exercised such right with respect to an aggregate principal amount of $2,100,000 of additional PIPE Convertible Notes (the “Additional Notes”) and on such date the Additional Notes were issued in exchange for aggregate gross proceeds of $2,189,000, representing an original issue discount of 10%. On January 8, 2025, one PIPE Investor exercised such right with respect to an aggregate principal amount of $2,800,000 of Additional Notes and on such date the Additional Notes were issued in exchange for aggregate gross proceeds of $2,520,000, representing an original issue discount of 10%.
| 6 |
On August 13, 2024, the Company entered into waiver and amendment agreements (the “Waivers”), pursuant to which the Company and the PIPE Investors agreed to waive certain breaches or defaults by the Company. In connection with the Waiver, the Company issued an aggregate of 192,151 shares in satisfaction of certain registration statement delay payments and issued an aggregate of 157,582 shares in satisfaction of outstanding interest payments. Such payments were made at the “Alternate Conversion Price” set forth in the PIPE Convertible Notes, which is equal to the lesser of (i) the Conversion Price, and (ii) 90% of the lowest volume weighted average price of the Class A common stock during the five consecutive trading days immediately prior to such conversion.
On November 7, 2024, the Company entered into those certain amendments to the Waivers (the “Amendments”). In connection with the Amendment, the Company issued an aggregate of 116,959 shares in satisfaction of certain registration statement delay payments and issued an aggregate of 65,790 shares in satisfaction of outstanding interest payments. Such payments were made at the Alternate Conversion Price.
Conversion Rights of the Notes.
Conversion at Option of Holder. Each holder of PIPE Convertible Notes may convert all, or any part, of the outstanding PIPE Convertible Notes, at any time at such holder’s option, into shares of our Class A common stock. The “Conversion Price” of all of the PIPE Convertibles is $1.00 per share, which is subject to proportional adjustment upon the occurrence of any stock split, stock dividend, stock combination and/or similar transactions. Upon the voluntary conversion by the holders of the PIPE Convertible Notes, in addition to the issuance of the Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the principal amount of PIPE Convertible Notes, the Company shall issue to the holders in Class A common stock the sum of (A) all accrued interest on the PIPE Convertible Notes to date plus (B) all interest that would otherwise have accrued on such principal amount of the PIPE Convertible Notes if such converted principal would be held to the Maturity Date at the Conversion Price (the “Make-Whole Amount”). The Make-Whole Amount is convertible at the “Alternate Conversion Price” equal to the lesser of (i) the Conversion Price, and (ii) 90% of the lowest VWAP of the Class A common stock during the five (5) consecutive trading days immediately prior to such conversion.
With limited exceptions, if the Company at any time while a PIPE Convertible Notes are outstanding, issues any Class A common stock or securities entitling any person or entity to acquire shares of Class A common stock (upon conversion, exercise or otherwise), at an effective price per share less than the Conversion Price then the Conversion Price shall be reduced to the same price as the new investment.
Alternate Conversion Upon Event of Default. Following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (as defined below), each holder may alternatively elect to convert all or any portion of such holder’s PIPE Convertible Notes at the “Alternate Conversion Price” equal to the lesser of (i) the Conversion Price, and (ii) 90% of the lowest VWAP of the Class A common stock during the five (5) consecutive trading days immediately prior to such conversion.
Redemption Rights of Notes.
Holder Event of Default Redemption. Upon an Event of Default, each holder may elect to redeem all or any portion such holder’s PIPE Convertible Notes in cash at a redemption premium of 25% to the greater of (i) the amount then outstanding under such notes, and (ii) the equity value of our Class A common stock underlying the PIPE Convertible Notes. The equity value of our Class A common stock underlying the PIPE Convertible Notes is calculated using the greatest closing sale price of our Class A common stock on any trading day immediately preceding such event of default and the date we make the entire payment required.
| 7 |
Holder Bankruptcy Event of Default Mandatory Redemption. Upon any bankruptcy Event of Default, we shall immediately redeem in cash all amounts due under the PIPE Convertible Notes at a 25% premium unless the holder waives such right to receive such payment.
Holder Change of Control Redemption. Upon a change of control of the Company, each holder may require us to redeem in cash all, or any portion, of the PIPE Convertible Notes at a 5% redemption premium to the greater of the amount then outstanding under the PIPE Convertible Notes to be redeemed, and the equity value of our Class A common stock underlying the PIPE Convertible Notes. The equity value of our Class A common stock underlying the PIPE Convertible Notes is calculated using the greatest closing sale price of our Class A common stock on any trading day immediately preceding the earlier of (i) the public announcement of such change of control and (ii) the consummation of such change of control, and ending on the date we make the entire payment required.
Events of Default. The PIPE Convertible Notes contain standard and customary events of defaults (each, an “Event of Default”), including but not limited: (i) the suspension from trading or the failure to list our Class A common stock within certain time periods; (ii) failure to pay to the holder any amount of principal, Make-Whole Amount, interest, late charges or other amounts when due; (iii) the failure to timely file or make effective a registration statement on Form S-3 pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement we entered into with the holders, (iv) our failure to cure a conversion failure or failure to deliver shares of our Class A common stock under the PIPE Warrants, or notice of our intention not to comply with a request for conversion of any PIPE Convertible Note or a request for exercise of any PIPE Warrants, and (iv) bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company.
Exchange Agreement
On April 22, 2025, the Company entered into Exchange Agreements (the “Exchange Agreements” and each, an “Exchange Agreement”), by and among the Company and each of the PIPE Investors, pursuant to which each such Holder would exchange (i) the amounts remaining outstanding under the PIPE Convertible Notes and certain other amounts outstanding with respect thereto in the aggregate amount (the “Note Exchange”), and (ii) the PIPE Warrants. Pursuant to the Exchange Agreements, on the effective date of the Exchange Agreements, the PIPE Warrants were exchanged, in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), into an aggregate of 1,885 shares of the Company’s newly created Series A preferred stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock” and such Series A Preferred Stock to be issued in the exchange of the PIPE Warrants, the “Initial New Exchange Preferred Shares”, and such shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) issuable upon conversion of the Initial New Exchange Preferred Shares pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Designations, including, without limitation, upon conversion or otherwise, collectively, the “Initial New Exchange Conversion Shares”), and (ii) a warrant to purchase up to 37,033 shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
The Note Exchange will occur on the Closing Date (as defined in the Exchange Agreements), whereby the amounts owing under the PIPE Convertible Notes will be exchanged into shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock. From the date of the Exchange Agreements until the date of the Note Exchange, the conversion price of the PIPE Convertible Notes was reduced to $1.00 per share.
Summary Risk Factors
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” which illuminate challenges that we face in connection with the successful implementation of our strategy and the growth of our business. The following considerations, among others, may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our business strategy, which could cause a decline in the price of shares of our securities and result in a loss of all or a portion of your investment:
| ● | We depend on the strength of our brands. | |
| ● | We will need to raise capital in order to realize our business plan and growth strategy, the failure of which could adversely impact our operations. | |
| ● | The cost of raw materials, labor and freight could lead to an increase in our cost of sales and cause our results of operations to suffer. |
| 8 |
| ● | We rely heavily on supply chain reliability and predictability and continued disruption in our supply chain could have a material adverse impact on operations. | |
| ● | If we are unable to respond effectively to changes in market trends and consumer preferences, our market share, net sales and profitability could be adversely affected. | |
| ● | We may be unable to appeal to new consumers while maintaining the loyalty of our core consumers. | |
| ● | We depend on existing members of management and key employees to implement key elements in our strategy for growth, and the failure to retain them or to attract appropriately qualified new personnel could affect our ability to implement our growth strategy successfully. | |
| ● | We do not employ traditional advertising channels, and if we fail to adequately market our brand through product introductions and other means of promotion, our business could be adversely affected. | |
| ● | We rely significantly on information technology to operate our business. | |
| ● | We rely on technical innovation and high-quality products to compete in the market for our products. | |
| ● | Failure to continue to obtain or maintain high-quality endorsers of our products could harm our business. | |
| ● | Actions taken by athletes or other endorsers, associated with our products that harm the reputations of those athletes or endorsers, could also seriously harm our brand image with consumers and, as a result, could have an adverse effect on our sales and financial condition. | |
| ● | Our business may be affected by seasonality, which could result in fluctuations in our operating results. | |
| ● | If the technology-based systems that give our consumers the ability to shop with us online do not function effectively, our operating results, as well as our ability to grow our digital commerce business globally, could be materially adversely affected. | |
| ● | Our business is sensitive to consumer spending and general economic conditions. |
| ● | We have a material weakness in our internal controls, which could cause our financial reporting to be unreliable and lead to misinformation being disseminated to the public. | |
| ● | Our ability to sell our products and services will be dependent on the quality of our technical support and our failure to deliver high-quality technical support services could have a material adverse effect on our sales and results of operations. | |
| ● | Customer may experience difficulty in integrating E6 Connect or E6 Apex with third-party applications, which would inhibit sales. | |
| ● | Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property and curb the sale of counterfeit merchandise could injure our brand and negatively affect our sales. | |
| ● | We may become subject to product liability lawsuits or claims, which could harm our financial condition and liquidity if we are not able to successfully defend or insure against such claims. | |
| ● | Fluctuations in our tax obligations and effective tax rate may have a negative effect on our operating results. |
| 9 |
| ● | We could be subject to changes in tax rates, adoption of new tax laws, additional tax liabilities or increased volatility in our effective tax rate. | |
| ● | To the extent we may rely on endorsements or testimonials, we will review any relevant relationships for compliance with the Endorsement Guides and we will otherwise endeavor to follow the FTC Act and other legal standards applicable to our advertising. | |
| ● | For as long as we are a “smaller reporting company” we will not be required to comply with certain requirements that apply to other publicly reporting companies. We cannot predict whether the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to smaller reporting companies will make our common shares less attractive to investors. | |
| ● | The dual class structure of the TruGolf Common Stock will have the effect of concentrating voting power with TruGolf’s founders, which will limit an investor’s ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control | |
| ● | TruGolf cannot predict the impact TruGolf’s dual class structure may have on the stock price of TruGolf Common Stock. | |
| ● | Our stock price may be volatile, or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result. | |
| ● | We have received notices of delinquency from the Nasdaq for violations of listing rules and there is no assurance that we will regain compliance and maintain our listing on the Nasdaq. | |
| ● | Anti-takeover provisions in TruGolf’s governing documents could delay or prevent a change of control. | |
| ● | Sales of a substantial number of our securities in the public market by the Selling Securityholders could cause the price of our securities to decrease significantly. |
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 60 North 1400 West Centerville, Utah 84014, and our telephone number is (801) 298-1997. Our website address is https://TruGolf.com. The information contained on or otherwise accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus.
| 10 |
The Offering
| Shares of Class A Common Stock Offered by the Selling Securityholders | Up to 420,825,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock which is issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants with an exercise price of $900 per share. | |
| Shares of Class A Common Stock Outstanding as of the Date of this Prospectus | 40,532,790 shares. | |
| Shares of Class A Common Stock Outstanding after this Offering | 461,357,790 shares | |
| Terms of the Offering | The Selling Securityholders will determine when and how they will dispose of the shares of Class A Common Stock registered under this prospectus for resale. | |
| Use of Proceeds | We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock by the Selling Securityholders. In the event any Warrants are exercised for cash, we would receive the proceeds from any such cash exercise, provided, however, we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such exercise. It is possible that we may never generate any cash proceeds from the exercise of such Warrants. | |
| Risk Factors | See the section entitled “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our securities. | |
| Nasdaq Symbols | Our Class A Common Stock is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “TRUG”. |
| 11 |
RISK FACTORS
An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. Our business, prospects, financial condition, or operating results could be harmed by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our securities could decline due to any of these risks, and, as a result, you may lose all or part of your investment. Certain statements in “Risk Factors” are forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Risks Related to the Company’s Business and Industry
We depend on the strength of our brands.
We derive substantially all of our sales from sales of branded products and services we own. The reputation and integrity of our brands are essential to the success of our business. We believe that our consumers value the status and reputation of brands we promote, and the superior quality, performance, functionality and durability that our brands represent. Building, maintaining and enhancing the status and reputation of our brands’ image is important to expanding our consumer base. Our continued success and growth depend on our ability to protect and promote our brands, which, in turn, depends on factors such as quality, performance, functionality and durability of our products and services, our communication activities, including advertising and public relations, and our management of the consumer experience, including direct interfaces through customer service and warranty repairs. We may decide to make substantial investments in these areas in order to maintain and enhance our brand, and such investments may not be successful.
Additionally, in order to expand our reach, we engage with third-party distributors. To the extent those third-party distributors fail to comply with our operating guidelines, we may not be successful in protecting our brand image. Product defects, product recalls, counterfeit products and ineffective marketing are among the potential threats to the strength of our brands and to protect our brands’ status we may need to make substantial expenditures to mitigate the impact of such threats.
Moreover, if we fail to continue to innovate to ensure that our products are deemed to achieve superior levels of function, quality and design, or to otherwise be sufficiently distinguishable from our competitors’ products, or if we fail to manage the growth of our on-line sales in a way that protects the high-end nature of our brands, the value of our brands may be diluted, and we may not be able to maintain our premium position and pricing or sales volumes, which could adversely affect our financial performance and business. We believe that maintaining and enhancing our brands’ image in new markets where we have limited brand recognition is important to expanding our consumer base. It we are unable to maintain or enhance our brands in new markets, then our growth strategy could be adversely affected.
We will need to raise capital in order to realize our business plan and growth strategy, the failure of which could adversely impact our operations.
Our growth strategy is based upon increasing the number of our clients and our consolidated revenue by making successful acquisitions and integrating businesses that provide comparable or complementary cyber security services. As of December 31, 2024, our business was not profitable. Without adequate funding, a significant increase in revenue, and satisfaction of our outstanding payables, we may not be able to achieve profitability in the existing lines of business and attract further capital. As of April 14, 2025, we had available cash resources of approximately $9,000,000.
We expect to continue to finance our operations with available net operating cash flows and will need to raise additional capital in the future by issuing equity or other forms of securities, which could significantly reduce the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders and substantially dilute the equity of purchasers of our common stock in this offering. Furthermore, any newly issued securities could have rights, preferences, and privileges senior to those of our existing common stock and may have a dilutive impact on the ownership interest of existing stockholders.
| 12 |
We may have difficulty obtaining additional funds as and when needed, and we may have to accept terms that would adversely affect our stockholders. In addition, any adverse conditions in the credit and equity markets may adversely affect our ability to raise funds when needed. Any failure to achieve adequate funding will delay our research & development and manufacturing efforts and could lead to difficulty in satisfying outstanding orders of our hardware and software, as well as prevent us from responding to competitive pressures or taking advantage of unanticipated acquisition opportunities. Any additional equity financing will likely be dilutive to stockholders, and certain types of equity financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants or other provisions that would limit how we conduct our business or finance our operations.
The cost of raw materials, labor and freight could lead to an increase in our cost of sales and cause our results of operations to suffer.
Increasing costs for raw materials, labor or freight could make our sourcing processes more costly and negatively affect our gross margin and profitability. Wage and price inflation in our source countries could cause unanticipated price increases, which may be significant. Energy costs have fluctuated dramatically in the past and may fluctuate in the future. Rising energy costs may increase our costs of transporting our products for distribution and the costs of products we source from our independent suppliers. Our independent suppliers may attempt to pass their increased costs on to us, and our relationships with them may be harmed or lost if we refuse to pay such increases, which could lead to product shortages. If we pay such increases, we may not be able to offset them through increases in our pricing and other means, which could adversely affect our ability to maintain our targeted gross margins. If we attempt to pass the increases on to the consumers, our sales may be adversely affected.
Our international operations involve inherent risks which could result in harm to our business.
As we expand our business internationally a larger volume of our products will begin to be sold outside of the U.S. Accordingly, we are subject to the risks generally associated with global trade and doing business abroad, which include foreign laws and regulations, varying consumer preferences across geographic regions, political unrest, disruptions or delays in cross-border shipments and changes in economic conditions and countries in which our products are sold. This includes, for example, the uncertainty surrounding the effect of Brexit, including changes to the legal and regulatory framework that apply to the United Kingdom and its relationship with the European Union, as well as new and proposed changes affecting tax laws and trade policy in the U.S. and elsewhere as further described in other risks in this section. The U.S. presidential administration has indicated a focus on policy reforms that discourage U.S. corporations from outsourcing manufacturing and production activities to foreign jurisdictions, including tariffs or penalties on goods manufactured outside the U.S., which may require us to change the way we conduct business and adversely affect our results of operations.
We rely heavily on supply chain reliability and predictability and continued disruption in our supply chain could have a material adverse impact on operations.
We rely heavily on supply chain reliability and predictability in producing, transporting and delivering our products. The COVID-19 pandemic, Ukraine war, the Israel-Hamas war, inflationary trends, shifts in consumer purchasing patterns, availability of transport, labor shortages in the shipping, trucking, and warehousing industries, port strikes, infrastructure congestion, equipment shortages and other factors have all contributed to delivery delays, greater costs and uncertainty in arranging and scheduling transport of our products. If we are unable to reliably and consistently arrange shipment and storage of our products, we may be unable to ship, deliver and store our products in which case, we will have to reverse sales and issue refunds to purchasers of our products. Changes in U.S. and international trade policies, including to import and export tariffs and trade policy agreements, to address supply chain issues or otherwise could also have a significant impact on our activities both in the United States and internationally. Supply chain disruptions and adverse consequences from aggressive trade policies could have a material adverse impact on our profitability and financial performance.
| 13 |
We face risks associated with operating in international markets.
We operate in a global marketplace and international sales growth is a key element of our growth strategy. We are subject to risks associated with our international operations, including but not limited to:
● Foreign currency exchange rates;
● Economic or governmental instability in foreign markets in which we operate or in those countries from which we source our merchandise;
● Unexpected changes in laws, regulatory requirements, taxes or trade laws;
● Increases in the cost of transporting goods globally;
● Acts of war, terrorist attacks, outbreaks of contagious disease and other events over which we have no control; and
● Changes in foreign or domestic legal and regulatory requirements resulting in the imposition of new or more onerous trade restrictions, tariffs, duties, taxes, embargoes, exchange or other government controls.
Any of these risks could have an adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position or growth strategy. Furthermore, some of our international operations are conducted in parts of the world that experience corruption to some degree. Our employees and resellers could take actions that violate applicable anti-corruption laws and regulations. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could have an adverse impact on our reputation, our results of operations or our financial position.
Foreign exchange movements may also negatively affect the relative purchasing power of consumers and their willingness to purchase discretionary premium goods, such as our products, which would adversely affect our net sales. We do not currently use the derivative markets to hedge foreign currency fluctuations.
If we are unable to respond effectively to changes in market trends and consumer preferences, our market share, net sales and profitability could be adversely affected.
The success of our business depends on our ability to identify the key product and market trends and bring products to market in a timely manner that satisfy the current preferences of a broad range of consumers (either by enhancing existing products or by developing new product offerings). Consumer preferences differ across and within different parts of the world, and shift over time in response to changing aesthetics and economic circumstances. We believe that our success in developing products that are innovative and that meet our consumers’ functional needs is an important factor in our image as a premium brand, and in our ability to charge premium prices. We may not be able to anticipate or respond to changes in consumer preferences, and, even if we do anticipate and respond to such changes, we may not be able to bring to market in a timely manner enhanced or new products that meet these changing preferences. If we fail to anticipate or respond to changes in consumer preferences or fail to bring products to market in a timely manner that satisfy new preferences, our market share and our net sales and profitability could be adversely affected.
| 14 |
We may be unable to appeal to new consumers while maintaining the loyalty of our core consumers.
Part of our growth strategy is to introduce new consumers, including female and young consumers, to our brands. If we are unable to attract new consumers, including female and young consumers, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected as our core consumers’ age increases and purchasing frequency decrease. Initiatives and strategies intended to position our brand appeal to new, female and young consumers may not appeal to our core consumers and may diminish the appeal of our brand to our core consumers, resulting in reduced core consumer loyalty. If we are unable to successfully appeal to new, female and young consumers while maintaining our brand’s image with our core consumers, then our net sales and our brand image may be adversely affected.
We depend on existing members of management and key employees to implement key elements in our strategy for growth, and the failure to retain them or to attract appropriately qualified new personnel could affect our ability to implement our growth strategy successfully.
The successful implementation of our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to retain our experienced management team and key employees and on our ability to attract appropriately qualified new personnel. For instance, our chief executive officer has extensive experience running and developing golf simulation software. The loss of any key member of our management team or other key employees could hinder or delay our ability to implement our growth strategy effectively. Further, if we are unable to attract appropriately qualified new personnel, including a chief financial officer, we may not be successful in implementing our growth strategy. In either instance, our profitability and financial performance could be adversely affected.
We do not employ traditional advertising channels, and if we fail to adequately market our brand through product introductions and other means of promotion, our business could be adversely affected.
Our marketing strategy depends on our ability to promote our brand’s message using online advertising and social media, and possibly the use of newspapers and magazines to promote new product introductions in a cost-effective manner. We do not employ traditional advertising channels such as billboards, television and radio. If our marketing efforts are not successful at attracting new consumers and increasing purchasing frequency by our existing consumers, there may be no cost-effective marketing channels available to us for the promotion of our brand. If we increase our spending on advertising, or initiate spending on traditional advertising, our expenses will rise, and our advertising efforts may not be successful. In addition, if we are unable to successfully and cost-effectively employ advertising channels to promote our brand to new consumers and new markets, our growth strategy may be adversely affected.
We rely significantly on information technology to operate our business. Any significant security breach of our confidential information of our customers, applications, technology, networks, or other systems critical to our operations, or failure to comply with privacy and security laws and regulations could damage our reputation, brands and business.
We are heavily dependent on information technology systems and networks, including the Internet and third-party services (“Information Technology Systems”), across our supply chain, including product design, production, forecasting, ordering, manufacturing, transportation, sales and distribution, as well as processing financial information for external and internal reporting purposes, operations and other business activities. Information Technology Systems are critical to many of our operating activities and our business processes, and they may be negatively impacted by any service interruption or shutdown. For example, our ability to effectively manage and maintain our inventory, manufacture, and ship products to customers on a timely basis depends significantly on the reliability of these Information Technology Systems. We rely on a third-party systems provider to manage all our company data and transactions, record our financial transactions and manage our operations. The failure of these systems to operate effectively, including s a result of security breaches, viruses, hackers, malware, natural disasters, vendor business interruptions or other causes, or failure to properly maintain, protect, repair or upgrade systems, or problems with transitioning to upgraded or replacement systems could cause delays in product fulfillment and reduced efficiency of our operations, could require additional capital to remediate the problem which may not be sufficient to cover all eventualities, and may have an adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations and financial condition.
| 15 |
We also use Information Technology Systems to process financial information and results of operations for internal reporting purposes to comply with regulatory financial reporting, legal and tax requirement. If the Information Technology Systems suffer sever damage, disruption or shutdown and our business continuity plans, or those of our vendors, do not effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, we could experience delays in reporting our financial results, which could result in lost revenues and profits, as well as reputational damage. Furthermore, we depend on Information Technology Systems and personal data collection for digital marketing, digital commerce, consumer engagement and the marketing and use of our digital products and services. We also rely on our ability to engage in electronic communications throughout the world between and among our employees as well as with other third-parties, including customers, suppliers, vendors and consumers. Any interruption in the Information Technology Systems may impede our ability to engage in the digital space and result in lost revenues, damage to our reputation and loss of consumers.
In connection with various facets of our business, we collect and use a variety of personal data related to our customers. Our failure to prevent security breaches could damage our reputation and brands and substantially harm our business and results of operations. On our website, a majority of the sales are billed to our consumers’ credit card accounts directly, orders are shipped to a consumer’s address, and consumers log on using their email address. In such transactions, maintaining compete security for the transmission of confidential information on our website, such as consumers’ credit card numbers and expiration dates, personal information and billing addresses is essential to maintaining consumer confidence. In addition, we hold certain private information about our consumers, such as their names, addresses, phone numbers and browsing and purchasing records. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third-parties to effect the secure transmission of confidential information, including credit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in a compromise or breach of the technology used by us to protect consumer transaction data. In addition, any party who is able to illicitly obtain a user’s password could potentially access the user’s transaction data or personal information. We may not be able to prevent third-parties, such as hackers or criminal organizations, from stealing information provided by our consumers through our website. In addition, our third-party merchants and delivery service providers may violate their confidentiality obligations and disclose information about our consumers. Any compromise of our security or material violation of a non-disclosure obligation could damage our reputation and brand and expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability, which could substantially harm our business and results of operations. In addition, anyone who is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in our operations.
Moreover, the platform and applications that we use to operate our business are highly technical and complex and may now or in the future contain undetected errors, bugs, or vulnerabilities. Some errors in our code may only be discovered after the code has been deployed. Any errors, bugs or vulnerabilities discovered in our c ode after deployment, inability to identify the cause or causes of performance problems within an acceptable period of time or difficulty maintaining and improving performance of our platform, particularly during peak usage times, could result in damage to our reputation or brand, loss of revenues, or liability for damages, any of which could adversely affect our business and financial results. To the extent we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and operating results may be harmed.
Global economic, political and industry conditions constantly change and unfavorable conditions may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
We are a global company with worldwide operations. Volatile economic, political and market conditions, such as political or economic instability, civil unrest, trade sanctions, acts of terrorism in the regions or hostilities, including the recent conflict between Russia and Ukraine, may have a negative impact on our operating results and our ability to achieve our business objectives. We may not have insight into economic and political trends that could emerge and negatively affect our business. In addition, significant or volatile changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies may have a material adverse impact upon our liquidity, revenues, costs and operating results.
| 16 |
Our products face intense competition.
We are a sports equipment and technology company delivering products and technologies and the relative popularity of indoor golf and other various sports activities and changing design trends affect the demand of our products. The sports equipment industry and sports-related technology industry are both are highly competitive both in the U.S. and worldwide. We compete domestically and internationally with a significant number of athletic and sports equipment companies and sports-related technology companies, including sports-related technology companies, including large companies having diversified lines of athletic and sports equipment and sports technology products.
Product offerings, technologies, marketing expenditures (including expenditures for advertising and endorsements), pricing, costs of production, customer service, digital commerce platforms and social media presence are areas of intense competition. This, in addition to rapid changes in technology and consumer preferences in the markets for athletic and sports equipment, constitute significant risk factors in our operations. In addition, the competitive nature of retail including shifts in the ways in which consumers are shopping, and the rising trend of digital commerce, constitutes a risk factor implicating our online and wholesale operations. If we do not adequately and timely anticipate and respond to our competitors, our costs may increase or the consumer demand for our products may decline significantly.
We rely on technical innovation and high-quality products to compete in the market for our products.
Research and development play a key role in technical innovation. We rely upon specialists in the fields of electrical and mechanical engineering, industrial design, sustainability and related fields, as well as other experts to develop and test cutting-edge performance products. While we strive to produce products that help to enhance player performance, if we fail to introduce technical innovation in our products, consumer demand for our products could decline, and if we experience problems with the quality of our products, we may incur substantial expenses to remedy the problems.
Failure to continue to obtain or maintain high-quality endorsers of our products could harm our business.
We establish relationships with professional athletes, as well as other public figures such as teaching pros and influencers, to develop, evaluate and promote our products, as well as establish product authenticity with consumers. However, as competition in our industry has increased, the costs associated with establishing and retaining such sponsorships and other relationships have increased. If we are unable to maintain our current associations with professional athletes, or other public figures, or to do so at a reasonable cost, we could lose the high visibility or on-field authenticity associated with our products, and we may be required to modify and substantially increase our marketing investments. Any substantial deterioration in these relationships, or substantial deterioration of our relationship with their talent managers or other key personnel, could adversely affect our business. As a result, our brands, net revenues, expenses and profitability could be harmed. If certain endorsers were to stop using our products contrary to their endorsement agreements, our business could be adversely affected.
Actions taken by athletes or other endorsers, associated with our products that harm the reputations of those athletes or endorsers, could also seriously harm our brand image with consumers and, as a result, could have an adverse effect on our sales and financial condition.
Actions taken by athletes or other endorsers, associated with our products that harm the reputations of those athletes or endorsers, could also seriously harm our brand image with consumers and, as a result, could have an adverse effect on our sales and financial condition. Poor performance by our endorsers, a failure to continue to correctly identify future athletes, public figures or sports organizations, to use and endorse our products or a failure to enter into cost-effective endorsement arrangements with prominent athletes, public figures, and sports organizations could adversely affect our brand, sales and profitability. we are also subject to laws, regulations and industry standards relating to endorsements and influencer marketing. Many of these laws, regulations and industry standards are changing and may be subject to differing interpretations, are costly to comply with or inconsistent among jurisdictions.
| 17 |
Our business may be affected by seasonality, which could result in fluctuations in our operating results.
We expect to experience moderate fluctuations in aggregate sales volume during the year. We expect revenues in the first and fourth fiscal quarters to exceed those in the second and third fiscal quarters. However, the mix of product sales may vary considerably from time to time as a result of changes in seasonal and geographic demand for golf equipment and in connection with the timing of significant sporting events. In addition, our customers may cancel orders, change delivery schedules or change the mix of products ordered with minimal notice. As a result, we may not be able to accurately predict our quarterly sales. Accordingly, our results of operations are likely to fluctuate significantly from period to period. Our operating margins are also sensitive to several additional factors that are beyond our control, including transportation costs, shifts in product sales mix and geographic sales trends, all of which we expect to continue. Results of operations in any period should not be considered indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.
Failure to accurately forecast consumer demand could lead to excess inventories or inventory shortages, which could result in decreased operating margins, reduced cash flows and harm to our business.
There is a risk we may be unable to sell excess products. Inventory levels in excess of customer demand may result in inventory write-downs, and the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices could significantly impair our brand image and have an adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows. Conversely, if we underestimate consumer demand for our products or if our suppliers fail to supply products, we require at the time we need them, we may experience inventory shortages. Inventory shortages might delay shipments to customers, negatively impact distributor and consumer relationships and diminish brand loyalty. The difficulty in forecasting demand also makes it difficult to estimate our future results of operations, financial condition and cash flows from period to period. A failure to accurately predict the level of demand of our products could adversely affect our net revenues and net income, and we are unlikely to forecast such effects with any certainty in advance.
If the technology-based systems that give our consumers the ability to shop with us online do not function effectively, our operating results, as well as our ability to grow our digital commerce business globally, could be materially adversely affected.
Many of our customers shop with us through our digital platforms. Increasingly, consumers are using mobile-based devices and applications to shop online with us and with our competitors and to do comparison shopping. We are increasingly using social media and proprietary mobile applications to interact with our consumers and as a means to enhance their shopping experience. Any failure on our part to provide attractive, effective, reliable, user-friendly digital commerce platforms that offer a wide assortment of merchandise with rapid delivery options and that continually meet the changing expectations of online shoppers could place us at a competitive disadvantage result in the loss of digital commerce and other sales, harm our reputation with consumers, have a material adverse impact on the growth of our digital commerce business globally and could have a material adverse impact on our business and operations, some of which are beyond our control, pose risks and uncertainties. Risks include, but are not limited to, credit card fraud or data mismanagement.
Our financial results may be adversely affected if substantial investments in business and operations fail to produce expected returns.
From time to time, we may invest in technology, business infrastructure, new businesses, product offering and manufacturing innovation and expansion of existing businesses, such as our digital commerce operations, which require substantial cash investments and management attention. We believe cost-effective investments are essential to business growth and profitability; however, significant investments are subject to typical risks and uncertainties inherent in developing a new business or expanding an existing business. The failure of any significant investment to provide expected returns or profitability could have a material adverse effect on our financial results and divert management attention from more profitable operations.
| 18 |
Our business is sensitive to consumer spending and general economic conditions.
Our business may be adversely affected by the Ukraine-Russia war and the Israel-Hamas war, as well as macro-economic conditions such as inflation, employment levels, wage and salary levels, trends in consumer confidence and spending, reduction in consumer net worth, interest rates, the availability of consumer credit and taxation and tariff policies which may influence on public spending confidence. Recent dramatic downturns in the strength of the global stock markets, currencies and key economies have highlighted many, if not all, of these risks.
Consumer purchases in general may decline during recessions, periods of prolonged declines in the equity markets or housing markets and periods when disposable income and perceptions of consumer wealth are lower, and these risks may be exacerbated due to our focus on discretionary premium sporting good items. A downturn in the global economy, or in a regional economy in which we have significant sales, could have a material adverse effect on consumer purchases of our products, our results of operations and our financial position, and a downturn adversely affecting our consumer base could have a disproportionate impact on our business.
There continues to be a significant and growing volatility and uncertainty in the global economy, which has gone on during and after the Coronavirus pandemic affecting all business sectors and industries. In addition, the on-going uncertainty in Europe and any resulting disruption could adversely impact our net sales in EMEA and globally unless and until economic conditions in that region improve and the prospects of national debt defaults in Europe decline. Further or future downturns may adversely affect traffic on our on-line sales portals and could materially impact and adversely affect our results of operations, financial position and growth strategy.
We have a material weakness in our internal controls, which could cause our financial reporting to be unreliable and lead to misinformation being disseminated to the public.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting. As defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), internal controls over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the principal executive and principal financial officer and effected by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”), management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
● pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company;
● provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and/or directors of the Company; and
● provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
| 19 |
We currently have a material weakness in our internal controls, which could cause financial reporting to be unreliable and lead to misinformation being disseminated to the public. Investors relying upon this misinformation may make an uninformed investment decision.
Failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could cause us to face regulatory action and also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, either of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
However, our auditors will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until we are no longer a “smaller reporting company”.
The cost of being a public company could result in us being unable to continue as a going concern.
As a public company, we are required to comply with numerous financial reporting and legal requirements, including those pertaining to audits and internal control. The costs of maintaining public company requirements could be significant and may preclude us from seeking financing or equity investment on terms acceptable to us and our shareholders. We estimate these costs to be in excess of $250,000 per year and may be higher if our business volume or business activity increases significantly. Our current estimate of costs does not include the necessary expenses associated with compliance, documentation and specific reporting requirements of Section 404 as we will not be subject to the full reporting requirements of Section 404 until we no longer qualify as a “smaller reporting company”.
If our revenues are insufficient or non-existent, and/or we cannot satisfy many of these costs through the issuance of shares or debt, we may be unable to satisfy these costs in the normal course of business. This would certainly result in our being unable to continue as a going concern.
Our ability to sell our products and services will be dependent on the quality of our technical support and our failure to deliver high-quality technical support services could have a material adverse effect on our sales and results of operations.
If we do not effectively assist our users in deploying our products and services, succeed in helping our users quickly resolve post-deployment issues and provide effective ongoing support, or it potential customers perceive that we may not be able to achieve the foregoing, our ability to sell our products and services would be adversely affected, and our reputation with potential users could be harmed. In addition, if we expand our operations internationally, our technical support team will face additional challenges, including those associated with delivering support, training and documentation in languages other than the English language. As a result, our failure to deliver and maintain high-quality technical support services to our users could result in customers choosing to use our competitors’ products or services in the future.
| 20 |
If we are not able to enhance or introduce new products that achieve market acceptance and keep pace with technological developments, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.
Our ability to attract new users and increase revenue from existing customers depends in part on our ability to enhance and improve our platforms, increase adoption and usage of our products and introduce new products and features. The success of any enhancements or new products depends on several factors, including timely completion, adequate quality testing, actual performance quality, market-accepted pricing levels and overall market acceptance and demand. Enhancements and new products that we develop may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, may contain defects, may have interoperability difficulties with our platform, or may not achieve the market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenue. If we are unable to successfully enhance our existing platform and capabilities to meet evolving customer requirements, increase adoption and usage of our platform, develop new products, or if our efforts to increase the usage of our products are more expensive than we expect, then our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.
Customer may experience difficulty in integrating E6 Connect or E6 Apex with third-party applications, which would inhibit sales.
E6 Connect and E6 Apex may serve a customer base with a wide variety of constantly changing hardware, operating system software, packaged software applications and networking platforms. If E6 Connect or E6 Apex fails to gain broad market acceptance due to its inability to support a variety of these platforms, our operating results may suffer. Our business depends, in part, on the following factors:
● Our ability to integrate E6 Connect and/or E6 Apex with multiple platforms and existing systems and to modify our product as new versions of packaged applications are introduced;
● Access to application program interfaces for the third-party software products that are integrated with our products; and
● Our ability to anticipate and support new standards.
Risk Related to the Company’s Legal and Regulatory Requirements
Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property and curb the sale of counterfeit merchandise could injure our brand and negatively affect our sales.
Our trademarks, copyrights, patents, designs and other intellectual property rights are important to our success and our competitive position. We devote significant resources to the registration and protection of our trademarks and patents. In spite of our efforts, counterfeiting and design copies may still occur. If we are unsuccessful in challenging the usurpation of these rights by third-parties, this could adversely affect our future sales, financial condition and results of operations. Our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights can potentially be met with defenses and counterclaims attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Unplanned increases in legal fees and other costs associated with protecting out intellectual property rights could result in higher operating expenses. Additionally, legal regimes outside the U.S., particularly those in Asia, including China, may not always protect intellectual property rights to the same degree ad U.S. laws, or the time required to enforce our intellectual property rights under these legal regimes may be lengthy and delay our recovery.
We may become subject to product liability lawsuits or claims, which could harm our financial condition and liquidity if we are not able to successfully defend or insure against such claims.
We may be subject to product liability lawsuits and claims that, individually or in the aggregate, could harm our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. We may face lawsuits or claims if our products do not perform as expected, malfunction or are used without complying with their specifications. Moreover, a product lawsuit or claim, regardless of merit, could generate negative publicity about our products, which could have a material effect on our brand, business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. Any lawsuit or claim seeking monetary damages significantly exceeding our coverage or outside of our coverage may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
| 21 |
Fluctuations in our tax obligations and effective tax rate may have a negative effect on our operating results.
We may be subject to income taxes in multiple jurisdictions. We record tax expense based on our estimates of future payments, which include reserves for uncertain tax positions in multiple tax jurisdictions. At any one time, many tax years may be subject to audit by various taxing jurisdictions. The results of these audits and negotiations with taxing authorities may affect the ultimate settlement of these issues. As a result, we expect that throughout the year there could be ongoing variability in our quarterly tax rates as events occur and exposures are evaluated. Further, our effective tax rate in a given financial period may be materially impacted by changes in mix and level of earnings or by changes to existing accounting rules or regulations. In addition, tax legislation enacted in the future could negatively impact our current or future tax structure and effective tax rates.
We could be subject to changes in tax rates, adoption of new tax laws, additional tax liabilities or increased volatility in our effective tax rate.
We are subject to the tax laws in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Current economic and political conditions make tax laws and regulations, or their interpretation and application, in any jurisdiction subject to significant change. On December 22, 2017, the U.S. enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), which includes a number of significant changes to previous U.S. tax laws that impact us, including provisions for a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriation of undistributed foreign earnings, and a reduction in the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, among other changes. The Tax Act also transitions U.S. international taxation from a worldwide system to a modified territorial system and includes base erosion prevention measures on non-U.S. earnings, which has the effect of subjecting certain earnings of foreign subsidiaries to U.S. taxation.
Portions of our operations may be subject to a reduced tax rate or are free of tax under various tax holidays and rulings. We also utilize rulings and other agreements to obtain certainty in treatment of certain tax matters. These holidays and rulings expire in whole or in part from time to time and may be extended when certain conditions are met or terminated if certain conditions are not met. The impact of any changes in conditions would be the loss of certainty in treatment this potentially impacting our effective income tax rate.
We may also be subject to the examination of our tax returns by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of an adverse outcome resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Although we believe our tax provisions are adequate, the final determination of tax audits and any related disputes could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. The results of audits or related disputes could have an adverse effect on our financial statements for the period or periods for which the applicable final determinations are made.
To the extent we may rely on endorsements or testimonials, we will review any relevant relationships for compliance with the Endorsement Guides and we will otherwise endeavor to follow the FTC Act and other legal standards applicable to our advertising.
The Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) regulates the use of endorsements and testimonials in advertising as well as relationships between advertisers and social media influencers pursuant to principles described in the FTC’s Guides Concerning the Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in Advertising, or the Endorsement Guides. The Endorsement Guides provide that an endorsement must reflect the honest opinion of the endorser and cannot be used to make a claim about a product that the product’s marketer couldn’t itself legally make. They also say that if there is a connection between an endorser and the marketer that consumers would not expect and it would affect how consumers evaluate the endorsement, that connection should be disclosed. Another principle in the Endorsement Guides applies to ads that feature endorsements from people who achieved exceptional, or even above average, results from using a product. If the advertiser doesn’t have proof that the endorser’s experience represents what people will generally achieve using the product as described in the ad, then an ad featuring that endorser must make clear to the audience what results they can generally expect to achieve and the advertiser must have a reasonable basis for its representations regarding those generally expected results. Although the Endorsement Guides are advisory in nature and do not operate directly with the force of law, they provide guidance about what the FTC staff generally believes the Federal Trade Commission Act, or FTC Act, requires in the context using of endorsements and testimonials in advertising and any practices inconsistent with the Endorsement Guides can result in violations of the FTC Act’s proscription against unfair and deceptive practices.
| 22 |
To the extent we may rely on endorsements or testimonials, we will review any relevant relationships for compliance with the Endorsement Guides and we will otherwise endeavor to follow the FTC Act and other legal standards applicable to our advertising. However, if our advertising claims or claims made by our social media influencers or by other endorsers with whom we have material connection do not comply with the Endorsement Guides or any requirement of the FTC Act or similar state requirements, the FTC and state consumer protection authorities could subject us to investigations and enforcement actions, impose penalties, require us to pay monetary consumer redress, require us to revise our marketing materials and require us to accept burdensome injunctions, all of which harm our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations.
For as long as we are a “smaller reporting company” we will not be required to comply with certain requirements that apply to other publicly reporting companies. We cannot predict whether the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to smaller reporting companies will make our common shares less attractive to investors.
We are currently a “smaller reporting company”. For as long as we continue to be a smaller reporting company, we may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from reporting requirements applicable to other publicly reporting companies that are not smaller reporting companies. These include not being required to comply with the auditor attestation of our internal controls over financial reporting provided by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and not being required to provide certain disclosures regarding executive compensation required of larger publicly reporting companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common shares less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our shares and our share price may be more volatile. Further, as a result of these scaled regulatory requirement, our disclosure may be more limited than that of other publicly reporting companies and you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of such companies.
Risks Related to TruGolf’s Dual Class Structure
The dual class structure of the TruGolf Common Stock will have the effect of concentrating voting power with TruGolf’s founders, which will limit an investor’s ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control.
TruGolf Class B Shares have 25 votes per share, while TruGolf Class A Shares have one vote per share. The TruGolf Founders, Christopher Jones, Steven R. Johnson and David Ashby, hold all an aggregate of 9,999,999 shares of TruGolf Class B Common Stock. As a result, if they act together, they will be able to control matters submitted to TruGolf’s shareholders for approval, including the election of directors, amendments of its organizational documents and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets or other major corporate transactions (although neither Founder will individually have a majority of the voting power). As long as the TruGolf Founders continue to hold TruGolf Class B Common Stock they may be able to control the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for approval. TruGolf’s Founders may have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentrated control may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of TruGolf, could deprive its stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of TruGolf, and might ultimately affect the market price of shares of TruGolf Class A Common Stock. The Proposed Charter provides that each share of Class B common stock may be converted, at any time, into one share of Class A common stock at the option of the holder of Class B common stock, which, if issued in the future, could result in dilution to holders of Class A Shares.
| 23 |
TruGolf cannot predict the impact TruGolf’s dual class structure may have on the stock price of TruGolf Common Stock.
TruGolf cannot predict whether TruGolf’s dual class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of the TruGolf Common Stock or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with multiple-class share structures in certain of their indexes. In July 2017, FTSE Russell and S&P Dow Jones announced that they would cease to allow most newly public companies utilizing dual or multi-class capital structures to be included in their indices. Affected indices include the Russell 2000 and the S&P 500, S&P MidCap 400 and S&P SmallCap 600, which together make up the S&P Composite 1500. Beginning in 2017, MSCI, a leading stock index provider, opened public consultations on their treatment of no-vote and multi-class structures and temporarily barred new multi-class listings from certain of its indices; however, in October 2018, MSCI announced its decision to include equity securities “with unequal voting structures” in its indices and to launch a new index that specifically includes voting rights in its eligibility criteria. Under the announced policies, TruGolf’s dual class capital structure would make us ineligible for inclusion in certain indices, and as a result, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and other investment vehicles that attempt to passively track those indices will not be investing in its shares. These policies are still fairly new and it is as of yet unclear what effect, if any, they will have on the valuations of publicly traded companies excluded from the indices, but it is possible that they may depress these valuations compared to those of other similar companies that are included. Because of TruGolf’s dual class structure, TruGolf will likely be excluded from certain of these indexes and TruGolf cannot assure you that other stock indexes will not take similar actions. Given the sustained flow of investment funds into passive strategies that seek to track certain indexes, exclusion from stock indexes would likely preclude investment by many of these funds and could make TruGolf Class A Common Stock less attractive to other investors. As a result, the market price of the TruGolf Class A common stock could be adversely affected.
Risks Related to Ownership of TruGolf’s Securities
There is currently limited liquidity of shares of our common stock
We can give no assurance that an active trading market for shares of our common stock will develop on the Nasdaq or if it develops, will be sustained, or that the shares of common stock will trade at or above the public offering price. Failure to develop or maintain a trading market could negatively affect its value and make it difficult or impossible for you to sell your shares. Even if a market for our common stock does develop, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile. In addition to the uncertainties relating to future operating performance and the profitability of operations, factors such as variations in interim financial results or various, as yet unpredictable, factors, many of which are beyond our control, may have a negative effect on the market price of our common stock. The liquidity of the Company’s common stock may be adversely affected by a reverse stock split due to the reduced number of shares outstanding following such an action. This effect could be further compounded if the market price of the Company’s common stock does not increase proportionately as a result of the reverse stock split.
Our stock price may be volatile, or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.
You should consider an investment in our securities to be risky, and you should invest in our securities only if you can withstand a significant loss and wide fluctuation in the market value of your investment. The market price of our common shares could be subject to significant fluctuations in response to the factors described in this section and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:
● Actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly and annual operating results or those of companies perceived to be similar to us;
● Weather conditions, particularly during holiday shopping periods;
● Changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates by securities analysts and investors, or differences between our actual results and those expected by investors and securities analysts;
● Fluctuations in the market valuations of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;
| 24 |
● The public’s response to our or our competitor’s filings with the SEC or announcements regarding new products or services, enhancements, significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic investments, litigations, restructurings or other significant matters;
● Speculation about our business in the press or the investment community;
● Future sales of our shares;
● Actions by our competitors;
● Additions or departures of members of our senior management or other key personnel; and
● The passage of legislation or other regulatory developments affecting us or our industry.
In addition, the securities markets have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect market price of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic, systemic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, loss of investor confidence, interest rate changes, or international currency fluctuations, may negatively affect the market price of our shares.
If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our stock price to fall and may expose us to securities class action litigation that, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend and a distraction to management.
The trading market for our common shares will be influenced by the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. The price of our common shares could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our common shares or if those analysts issue a sell recommendation or other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who elect to cover us downgrade our common shares, our share price could decline rapidly. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our common share price and trading volume to decline.
We have received notices of delinquency from the Nasdaq for violations of listing rules and there is no assurance that we will regain compliance and maintain our listing on the Nasdaq.
The Company previously received a deficiency letter from the Listing Qualifications Department of the Nasdaq Stock Market notifying the Company that the listing of its Class A common stock was not in compliance with: (i) the minimum Market Value of Publicly Held Shares requirement set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5450(b)(2)(C) (the “MVPHS Rule”); (ii) the minimum bid price requirement of $1.00 per share set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5450(a)(1) (the “Bid Price Rule”); and (iii) the minimum shareholders’ equity requirement set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5450(b)(1)(A) (the “Equity Rule”).
The Company requested a hearing before a Nasdaq hearing panel (the “Panel”) to present a plan to regain compliance with all the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq and such hearing was held May 15, 2025. On May 30, 2025, the Panel provided the Company a temporary exception to regain compliance with the Bid Price Rule until July 8, 2025 and with the MVPHS Rule and Equity Rule until July 30, 2025. In addition, the Panel directed that the Company’s listing be transferred to the Nasdaq Capital Market, effective at the open of business on June 3, 2025.
| 25 |
The Panel reserves the right to reconsider the terms of this exception based on any event, condition or circumstance that exists or develops that would, in the opinion of the Panel, make continued listing of the Company’s securities on Nasdaq inadvisable or unwarranted. The Panel notification advised the Company that the Nasdaq Listing and Hearing Review Council may, on its own motion, determine to review any Panel decision within 45 calendar days after issuance of the written decision. If the Listing Council determines to review the Panel’s decision in the Company’s matter, it may affirm, modify, reverse, dismiss or remand the decision to the Panel.
There can be no assurances that the Company will be able to satisfy Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements. If the Company’s common stock ceases to be listed for trading on the Nasdaq Market, the Company would expect its common stock would be traded on one of the three tiered marketplaces of the OTC Markets Group.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock may be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, or if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price may decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.
If our shares of common stock become subject to penny stock rules, it would become more difficult to trade our shares.
The SEC has adopted rules that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in penny stocks. Penny stocks are generally equity securities with a price of less than $5.00, other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or authorized for quotation on certain automated quotations systems, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities provided by the exchange or system. If we are unable to maintain or retain a listing on the Nasdaq and if the price of our common stock is less than $5.00, our common stock will be deemed a penny stock. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, before a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document containing specified information. In addition, the penny stock rules require that before effecting any transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, a broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive (i) the purchase’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement; (ii) a written agreement to transaction involving penny stocks; and (iii) a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for our common stock, and therefore stockholders may have difficulty selling their shares.
Anti-takeover provisions in TruGolf’s governing documents could delay or prevent a change of control.
Certain provisions of the Company’s Charter and Bylaws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by TruGolf’s stockholders.
These provisions provide for, among other things:
● a dual class common stock structure, which provides the TruGolf Founders with the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approver, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the share of TruGolf Common Stock;
● the ability of the TruGolf Board to issue one or more series of preferred stock;
| 26 |
● advance notice for nominations of directors by stockholders and for stockholders to include matters to be considered at TruGolf’s annual meetings;
● only the Chairman of the TruGolf Board, the Chief Executive Officer of TruGolf, or a majority of the TruGolf Board is authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders; and
● limiting the ability of stockholders to act by written consent;
These anti-takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire TruGolf, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of TruGolf’s stockholders. As a result, TruGolf’s stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause TruGolf to take other corporate actions you desire. See “Description of our Securities.”
Sales of a substantial number of our securities in the public market by the Selling Securityholders could cause the price of our securities to decrease significantly.
The Selling Securityholders can resell, under this prospectus, up to 420,825,000 Class A Common Stock. The securities being offered in this prospectus represent a substantial multiple of our issued and outstanding Class A Common Stock, and the sale of such securities in the public market by the Selling Securityholders, or the perception that those sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Class A Common Stock, and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our Class A Common Stock.
USE OF PROCEEDS
All of the securities offered by the Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by the Selling Securityholders for their respective accounts. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the securities registered hereunder.
In the event any Warrants are exercised for cash, we would receive the proceeds from any such cash exercise, provided, however, we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the Series A Preferred Stock issuable upon such exercise.
We expect to use the net proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants, if any, for general corporate purposes. We will have broad discretion over the use of any proceeds from such exercise. There is no assurance that the holders of the Warrants will elect to exercise for cash any or all of such Warrants.
| 27 |
The Selling Securityholders will pay any underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses incurred by the Selling Securityholders for brokerage, accounting, tax, legal services, or any other expenses incurred by the Selling Securityholders in disposing of the securities. We will bear the costs, fees, and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the securities covered by this prospectus, including all registration and filing fees, Nasdaq listing fees, and fees and expenses of our counsel and our independent registered public accounting firm.
MARKET PRICE OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION
Market Price of Our Class A Common Stock
Our Class A Common Stock are currently listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market, of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “TRUG”.
As of June 20, 2025, there were approximately 38 holders of record of our Class A Common Stock. Such numbers do not include beneficial owners holding our securities through nominee names.
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. We expect to retain future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends on our Class A Common Stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
BUSINESS
Unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” and “our company” refer to TruGolf Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“TruGolf”), and its wholly owned subsidiaries, including TruGolf, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“TruGolf Nevada”) and TruGolf Links Franchising, LLC (“Links”), a Delaware limited liability company.
Our Business
Our Corporate and Acquisition History
TruGolf Nevada, was formed as a Utah corporation on October 4, 1995, under the name TruGolf Incorporated, and was a subsidiary of Access Software. On June 9, 1999, TruGolf Nevada changed its name to TruGolf, Inc. Upon the acquisition of Access Software by Microsoft Corp. in August 1999, the core programming and graphics team of the LinksTM video game series were spun out to TruGolf Nevada.
Effective on April 26, 2016, TruGolf Nevada filed Articles of Merger with the State of Utah, Department of Commerce, and on April 28, 2016, TruGolf Nevada filed Articles of Merger with the Secretary of State of Nevada, pursuant to which TruGolf, Inc., a Utah corporation, merged with and into TruGolf Nevada, pursuant to a Plan of Merger. TruGolf Nevada was the surviving corporation and, in connection with the Plan of Merger, TruGolf Nevada affected a four-for-one forward stock split of its outstanding common stock.
TruGolf Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp.) (“TruGolf”, and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), was incorporated on July 8, 2020, as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a business combination, with no material operation of its own.
On March 31, 2023, we entered into an Agreement and Plan Of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp. (“DMAQ”), a Delaware Corporation, DMAQ Merger Sub Inc. (“Merger Sub”), a Nevada corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of DMAQ, Bright Vision Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in the capacity as DMAQ’s representative, Christopher Jones, an individual, in the capacity as TruGolf Nevada’s representative, and TruGolf Nevada (together, the “Merger Parties”). On July 21, 2023, the Merger Parties entered into an Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Restated Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which the Merger Agreement was amended and restated to provide, among other things, that (i) contingent earnout shares will be issued after the Closing, if and when earned, upon the Company meeting the milestones specified in the Restated Merger Agreement, rather than being issued at the closing of the merger and being placed into escrow subject to potential forfeiture; and (ii) the share price of the Company’s common stock used in the calculation of the number of shares to be issued to the Sellers as merger consideration shall be $10.00, as opposed to the price at which the Company redeems the shares of common stock held by its public stockholders in connection with the closing of this business combination.
| 28 |
On January 31, 2024, we consummated the business combination (the “Closing”) contemplated by the Restated Merger Agreement and Merger Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2023, by and among the Merger Parties. As a result of the Closing and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (i) Merger Sub merged with and into TruGolf Nevada, with TruGolf Nevada surviving the Merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of TruGolf, and (ii) TruGolf’s name was changed from Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp. to TruGolf Holdings, Inc. TruGolf’s Class A common stock commenced trading on the Nasdaq Global Market LLC under the ticker “TRUG” on February 1, 2024.
General
The Company has been creating indoor golf software for 40 years. Since 1999, we have focused on establishing residential and commercial golf simulation as a viable industry, and since 2007, we have focused on fabricating custom golf simulators for luxury clients. Part of our initial strategy included partnering with hardware inventors to provide them with world-class software. Over time, we found that it was not viable to rely on these early hardware inventors alone, we also began building and selling our own hardware. In addition, we are working with a video game company to utilize their new dynamic graphics engine which will enable us to bring photorealistic golf courses to life through our E6 software. In addition, we have developed multiple sources and 3rd party manufacturers for the raw materials or parts for our products, including but not limited to, steel or aluminum frames, fabric, turf, screens, projectors, PCs, cameras, lasers, infrared sensors, and supporting subsystems. The availability of the frames and fabric from our principal provider, Allied ES&A (“Allied”), has been increased as they have moved into a much larger facility directly located in a large employee base community and we have entered into negotiations with a second supplier in order to provide alternative sourcing if needed. A third supplier, Impact Signs, has also been used in the past and the Company believes that it could purchase turf, and screen supplies from them as well if needed. Both turf (Controlled Products), and screen suppliers (Allied), are so specialized that we have come to rely on one vendor for each, respectively. Projectors (TV Specialists), PCs, lasers, IR sensors and other systems come from multiple suppliers with no historical delay in supply. We have 2 primary suppliers of cameras, IDS and Basler, and have integrated products from both in the Apogee Launch Monitor (“Apogee”) unit to ensure the greatest availability possible.
Market For Indoor Golf
We believe that it is important to understand the macro-economic trends of indoor golf as a sport, as a culture, and as a movement, to better understand the market for our indoor golfing simulators and software. According to the National Golf Foundation (the “NGF”), golf is the largest participation sport in America, with 41 million active golfers over six years old, and has had a growth rate adding 3 million new golfers in each of 2021 and 2022. However, according to the NGF, in 2022, there were over 15.5 million golfers that participated exclusively in off-course golf activities, such as driving ranges, indoor golf simulators, or golf entertainment venues, and only 13 million people who played exclusively on a golf course. According to NGF, a total of 17.8 million people who did not play golf in 2021 said they are “very interested” in playing golf on a golf course. According to a January 26, 2023, article from the NFG, the off-course golfers increased more significantly, with a 13% year-over-year jump, compared with a 2% rise in on-course participation. As reported, the total off-course market in 2022 of approximately $27.9 million has for the first time eclipsed on-course play.
The total addressable market for golf products in 2022 was an estimated $1.4 USD Billion, and with a CAGR of 11.05% is forecast to reach $3.8 USD Billion by 2031. Econ Market Research estimates that North America represents 36%, Europe 28%, Asia Pacific 22%, and Middle East and Africa 7% of total global market share in 2022. In this same report they have found that TruGolf currently maintains a 4.28% market share. They also noted that 69% of the total market is from Indoor Golf Simulators, while 31% is from Outdoor Golf Simulators in 2022 with a slight shift of 1% towards Outdoor Golf Simulators by 2031. While it is not directly stated in the Econ Market Research study, we consider revenue from both SaaS software and Data Analytics to be included in the overall total addressable market for golf products. Our planned products are aligned directly with these findings as our Apogee launch monitor is an indoor only, and ceiling mounted device ideally for commercial facilities, yet equally beneficial to residential use. Our software, both E6 Connect and Apex have power tools for commercial facilities to make playing, improving and enjoying golf easier than ever. While our software is available on 90% of hardware in the market this allows us to access customers for use indoor, outdoor, and residential, as well as commercial. In addition to these hardware and software solutions targeting directly the market segments we will be launching a franchise solution to capitalize on the powerful demand for commercial offerings.
| 29 |
We believe there are many reasons for the decline in outdoor rounds of golf being played and the simultaneous increase of indoor rounds of golf, including (i) the major costs of running a golf course (and consequently the costs of playing outdoor golf), including environmental factors making outdoor golf increasingly costly and requiring more and more water for vegetations, as temperatures across the United States increase, even as available water has generally decreased, (ii) the closing of over 100 golf courses every year (NGF) and (iii) the challenge in finding available daylight hours with so many golfers and so few golf courses, especially in light of the lengthy time period required to play a full outdoor course (www.ngf.org). We believe that all of these factors combine to create a significant opportunity to capitalize on a growing sport, a growing segment of that sport, and a convergence of demand and popularity seldom seen in virtual participation athletics – indoor golf.
Current Operations
We currently leverage a bifurcated branding strategy by both (1) selling indoor golf simulator hardware under our TruGolf brand, which hardware includes our E6 Connect and E6 Apex software; (2) selling our E6 Connect software separately for use on other companies’ hardware, and (3) franchising indoor golf simulation facilities. In the future, we also intend to create a “Virtual Golf Association” of online players, and leverage our access to swing data.
Our Products
Hardware
Portable – Our Vista Series, which are portable indoor golf simulators, immerse players in realistic gameplay and are designed to be easily assembled and disassembled. These portable lightweight aluminum frame indoor golf simulators use a matte-box design that blocks ambient light and gives the Vista Series the same image quality as high-end golf simulation units, but for a much lower price. Our Vista Series currently includes a High-Definition, 720p projector (upgradeable to a 1080p version), as well as the option for a touch screen and a turf surface. All of our Vista Series products come with a two-year limited warranty. Our Vista 12 model is shown below.
| 30 |
Our TruGolf MAX is sold standard with an edge-to-edge 15’ impact screen that brings the most famous courses in the world to your home in stunning high-definition. The fabric enclosure is Dawn Patrol, a stately navy that will transform your room with a country-club approved aesthetic. Complete with a 5x12 tee-box and TruGolf’s first-cut flooring, this system makes it easy to work on your game year-round. Each TruGolf MAX system is sold with an APOGEE Launch Monitor. The size and scale brings our E6 software to life – without the need for professional installation. Our TruGolf MAX model is shown below.
| 31 |
Professional - Our Signature and Premium indoor golf simulators include complete, permanent enclosures, including three high-speed cameras to capture ball flight with high accuracy. Our professional golf simulators include high-end projectors with high visual quality (1080p) providing better visuals, built-in computers and touchscreen, premium turf and audio. These simulators use our TruFlight 2 ceiling mounted Launch Monitor that captures club and ball data for both right-handed and left-handed golfers. Utilizing three cameras, the TruFlight 2 system captures club and ball data simultaneously, for considerable accuracy, allowing users to shape their shots akin to how they would outdoors. Below are images of our Signature (left) and Premium (right) indoor golf simulators.
| 32 |
Commercial - We offer commercial software and hardware solutions, working with our commercial customers to help design their facilities and find the right audio/video solutions for their customers. Hardware solutions can include multiple simulators of varying sizes, as well as arcade-style games. Software solutions include a Product Launcher that prevents a user from accessing the PC interface, while making game selection and launching easier, a Clubhouse solution that allows clients to host and manage tournaments, and commercial administration tools to manage multiple simulators from one networked PC.
Custom - We also offer custom indoor golf simulation products which can be designed for everything from luxury-residential applications to high volume commercial usage facilities. The customized products, with installation, may cost anywhere between $10,000 and $100,000, depending on the size, design, nature and volume of usage. We consult with clients on a design we can build from spec and then work with the customers’ contractors, through an installation supervisor, to install, calibrate and train customers on the use of their custom simulators. Historically we have completed most installations ourselves but have recently outsourced approximately 30% to third-party installers. Below is an example of a custom installation.
| 33 |
Leading our hardware offering is our Apogee. Many competitors use mobile launch monitors that must be set on the floor behind, or to the side of a golfer, leaving them prone to being kicked or bumped, often requiring a re-calibration and creating a generally unstable and unpredictable solution. Our launch monitor was designed from its inception to provide not only a highly accurate swing analysis and realistic golfing experience, but also an easy solution to install, play, and maintain, for indoor golf. The accuracy of Apogee is created through features like our patent-pending club path measurement, stereoscopic resolution optimized camera system, and instant impact ball launch (“Instant Impact”) to digital display response. An equally vital ingredient to an accurate golf experience comes from our “Instant Impact Replay,” an in-game scrubbable video replay allowing users of any skill level to see exactly what their club did, including positive aspects and flaws, in order to achieve the ball path and spin portrayed on screen creating the ability to give instructions to users.
Another component of our hardware which we believe provides us with a competitive advantage is based on ease-of-use, which begins with auto-calibration, and includes everyday usability, along with general troubleshooting and maintenance. Our hardware’s installation is simple, beginning with a proprietary mounting bracket that a layperson can drill in their ceiling or on a standard projector mount, then the Apogee device, which weighs less than 30 pounds and can easily be inserted onto rails securely holding the device to the bracket. Once the hardware is in place, the user places a piece of paper on the ground under the device and pushes a button to begin the auto-calibration. What historically took approximately 20 to 30 minutes on our TruFlight system (which is still used in our portable systems) can now be accomplished in less than five minutes. This auto-calibration function continues throughout the play on the system, as every time a player places a golf ball in the impact zone, there is rapid calibration verification, again ensuring easy and accurate maintenance.
In the game of golf there is a concept known as Pace of Play (“POP”). A normal 18-hole outdoor game of golf takes approximately three hours; such POP can be reduced to one hour indoors. We help our users reduce this time even more by use of our proprietary “Laser Launchpad,” which has a faster setup, and not only indicated where a user should place the ball to ensure successful swing capture but also turns off as soon as the ball is placed correctly and the software is ready to go, preventing a player from taking their eye off the ball to look at the screen to verify preparedness. This increases POP and also increases the authenticity of the player experience by avoiding doubts as to whether or not the system is ready and instead allowing a player to focus on their swing. The second innovative element in our product affecting POP is our Instant Impact ball flight processing system (as discussed above). Additionally, our proprietary on-board Apogee Voice Accelerator reduces POP by enabling players to avoid using a mouse or touchscreen and allowing them to simply use their voice to execute the most common functions including taking a Mulligan, making club changes, effecting lateral pin adjustments, observing swing analysis, and making environmental adjustments, such as time of day and cloud cover.
By providing our own Apogee launch monitor, we expect to be able to unlock exclusive features in the forthcoming version of our E6 Connect software, including dynamic course visuals, robust club path, ball reaction analysis, and visual enhancements, leveraging augmented reality and artificial intelligence breakthroughs.
Multi-Sport - We also offer a separate hardware device which allows users to play multiple games known as “Multi-Sport”. This allows users to play soccer, football, hockey, frisbee and Frisbee golf, zombie dodgeball and light gun target games through our hardware. These games are arcade-style mini games with fun simple challenges designed for any age or ability level. This allows users of our hardware to purchase this additional hardware that goes with our golf simulators and offers different games for their customers.
Software
We pair our hardware with our internally developed E6 Connect and E6 Apex software, which may also be purchased separately. We believe that E6 Apex is the highest-quality, most lifelike and customizable golf simulator software ever created. It can be used with launch monitors to teach or train users on the driving range, to compete in leagues and online events at a commercial facility, or to just play fun indoor golf games at home with friends and family.
| 34 |
Our E6 Connect and E6 Apex software offers traditional modes of play like: Stroke, Scramble, Best Ball, Stableford, and Match Play. In addition, we offer exciting mini games like Closest to the Pin, Demolition Driving Range, Long Drive, Blackout, Horse, and 301. We also have a Clubhouse Module designed to help run leagues and indoor facilities. The remote web-application lets users create leagues or events while checking on the usage statistics of that simulator. Another powerful solution provided by E6 Connect is a web-enabled second screen data analytics performance portal enabling individual players to make the most of their longitudinal data.
Additionally, we have recognized that since golf is not the only sport of interest, and we have leveraged the power of our hardware and software platform to create a collection of multi-sport games, we have found that not only does this drive family-friendly value for residential installs but dramatically expands the target audiences for commercial facilities.
The E6 Apex software, with the use of a powerful new graphics engine, allows us to recreate photo-realistic, and accurate recreations of actual-world golf courses. The dramatic elements that bring these courses to life include: animated wildlife, trees, flowers and bushes that move in the wind and change with the seasons, dynamic time of day changes, including sun position, procedural shadows, cloud interaction with 3-D panoramic landscapes, and the resulting array of stunning lighting effects on some of the most beautiful golf courses in the world. We strive to provide pixel accurate versions of the golf courses we offer, including accuracy of within 2 inches on the fairways, and 2 centimeters on the greens. We have found that this level of accuracy enables golfers to become familiar with every hole and hazard on the course and also unlocks our true handicapping system that can bridge the gap between indoor and outdoor play. This is something that lower quality, lower price point, fantasy simulator solutions do not provide.
Our proprietary physics and gaming engine, developed through four decades of continuous innovation, research, and collaboration with golfers, represents a foundational element of our technology platform. This advanced engine delivers highly precise ball flight, bounce, roll, and object collision dynamics, all of which can be influenced by a range of customizable environmental factors, including elevation, humidity, and wind conditions. These sophisticated simulations are further enhanced through integration with our swing analysis technology, enabling users to access critical performance data and advanced video replay capabilities via our Apogee system. This feature provides users with real-time, on-demand visual feedback for every swing, offering unparalleled insight into swing mechanics and outcomes — functionality that is fully integrated throughout the E6 Connect and E6 Apex platforms and is unmatched by competitors.
In addition to building our E6 Connect and/or E6 Apex software into each of our hardware offerings, we also sell our E6 Software directly to customers and provide our competitors with authorized resale options of our E6 Software. E6 Connect is available for PC and iOS Users. E6 Connect offers more than 100 world-class golf courses, four driving ranges, and numerous mini-games.
Plans for Future Operations
Expansion into Franchises
Moving forward, we plan to franchise the right to build and create indoor golf entertainment venues, including customized golf hardware and software (i.e. golfing bays and golf range bays), and the option to purchase food and beverages. We currently plan to sell branded and non-branded merchandise at these future locations, and allow for large group events, coaching, data driven club sales, and “gamified” tournaments. We have already built a proprietary bay booking and food and beverage ordering app for use from our future commercial and franchise operators.
We believe that one of the benefits of our indoor golf franchises will be the reduced space and infrastructure required to create such facilities, which we anticipate being as small as 5,000 square feet and as large as 32,000 square feet and requiring relatively minimal infrastructure and buildouts other than our custom indoor golf hardware. This is as compared to stand-alone driving ranges or golf courses which cost significantly more to build and implement and require a substantial amount of infrastructure and land.
| 35 |
We anticipate that future franchise locations will also operate as authorized resellers, featuring showroom spaces where prospective customers can experience our hardware and software offerings. Under this model, franchisees would receive commissions on all related hardware and software sales originating from their locations. A key component of our planned franchise program, which we believe will have a significant impact on the financial viability of individual franchises, is a pre-sales requirement designed to ensure profitability prior to the commencement of operations. Specifically, franchisees will be required to secure a minimum level of monthly recurring subscriber revenue sufficient to cover anticipated operating expenses for a defined period. We believe this approach will position each franchise location for profitability upon launch and mitigate the risk of unsuccessful or underperforming franchise operations.
Virtual Golf Association
Our Virtual Golf Association (“VGA”) is designed to leverage our extensive experience in networked gameplay and online golf simulations to establish a scalable digital golf platform, including future integration with emerging metaverse technologies. The VGA will serve as the governing body for digital golf events hosted within the E6 Connect ecosystem, facilitating global participation in competitive and recreational formats. Through the VGA, users will have the ability to engage in virtual golf experiences with other players worldwide, compete head-to-head, and challenge historical scoring data from professional golfers on real-world golf courses.
Planned VGA events are expected to include a range of competitions such as VGA tour events, professional esports golf tournaments, intercollegiate simulator championships, and American Junior Golf Association-sanctioned events. The VGA will operate under a structured point-based system modeled after the PGA Tour’s FedEx Cup, whereby players accumulate points through event participation and performance-based outcomes. Leading point earners will qualify for a VGA Tour Championship at the conclusion of each competitive season.
The foundational infrastructure for VGA events is currently operational, with various formats—including stroke play, long drive, and closest-to-the-pin contests—available to our network of over 350,000 E6 Connect users. Future development phases will focus on formalizing a comprehensive VGA season framework that tracks cumulative points across multiple events and implementing a comparative performance dashboard to enhance user engagement and competitive transparency.
Data Analysis
We intend to leverage the extensive swing data we have been collecting through our E6 software platform since 2017, encompassing personal performance baselines, improvement metrics, and longitudinal analysis. We believe this substantial dataset offers significant value to users, equipment manufacturers, and other industry stakeholders by providing insights into performance trends, consumer behavior, purchasing intent, and geographic patterns within a highly engaged and affluent user base.
We are currently engaged in preliminary discussions with a third party regarding potential opportunities to monetize this data; however, as of the date of this filing, no definitive agreements have been reached.
Sales Overview
Our sales operations are centralized at our corporate headquarters in Centerville, Utah. The internal sales team is responsible for managing both individual customer relationships and consulting with commercial facilities through a structured, territory-based system. The United States is divided into defined sales territories, enabling each representative to focus on building and maintaining a network of key relationships within their assigned regions.
In addition to managing their territories, each sales representative is assigned one or two national channel partners with whom they collaborate to cultivate strategic relationships that generate new business opportunities. These partnerships complement leads generated through our marketing initiatives and are aligned with industries and markets that are strategically relevant to our product offerings.
We intend to leverage these partnerships to support our long-term growth strategy, including expansion into international markets. Targeted sectors for sales growth include residential home construction, golf courses (both pro shops and private clubs), audio/visual integration firms, commercial real estate (including office spaces and shopping centers), government entities, educational institutions and municipalities, large national accounts (such as chain and warehouse retailers), and national entertainment and recreational centers.
| 36 |
In addition to our internal sales operations, we maintain a longstanding network of resellers spanning multiple international regions, including Europe, Australia, and Africa. Recently, we entered into a joint venture agreement to expand our presence in Asia. To date there has been no funding or activity on our side with regards to the joint venture. Domestically, we have an established reseller network across the United States and Canada, as well as a limited but developing presence in Latin America. This global reseller network has been cultivated over the past decade, and we remain committed to strengthening and expanding these relationships.
As part of our growth strategy, dependent on our receipt of new capital, we intend to work toward the establishment of a TruGolf regional office serving Europe, the Middle East, and Africa (EMEA). This initiative is designed to facilitate our transition from a traditional reseller model to a more structured network of exclusive distributor partnerships within these key international markets.
Growth Strategy
The Company is currently utilizing available funding to support the ongoing development and production of its software and hardware product lines. Sales are anticipated to increase as new generations of the Company’s software and hardware are brought to market. Additionally, the Company has allocated funding toward the expansion of the Company’s manufacturing capabilities at its facility located in Salt Lake City, Utah.
At present, approximately 80% of the Company’s marketing and sales efforts are directed toward lead generation through a variety of channels, including search engine optimization (SEO), pay-per-click (PPC) advertising, organic and paid social media campaigns, and public relations efforts, including earned media and celebrity endorsements. Any cash on hand is expected to be used to enhance and expand these initiatives, with a particular focus on increasing the Company’s presence and reach across social media platforms. Marketing plans will be strategically tailored to each product and service within the Company’s portfolio and will evolve in alignment with available resources and the Company’s ongoing growth.
Our primary objective is to drive engagement, advocacy, and sales of our product portfolio, with an initial focus on expanding our Apogee hardware rollout and reinforcing our software’s market penetration, while also continuing to roll out our planned franchise offering, the VGA and working to monetize our swing and other data.
Our secondary marketing objective is to increase overall awareness and reputation of our collective products and brand in each vertical to drive consumer preference and adoption.
Our primary target market consists of males over the age of 34; however, additional market segments, including females, young adults, and individuals new to the sport of golf, represent emerging and growing areas of opportunity for the Company’s products and services.
We continue to use blogs and social media to bolster our brand image, create more domain authority, and drive more organic traffic through our websites. We also hope that blogs and social media posts will funnel new users into our digital retargeting campaigns and will be used as a source to supply new newsletter subscriptions.
We also offer promotional giveaways to drive subscribers to our blog and social media offerings, grow and replenish email lists, increase website traffic, and drive brand awareness.
| 37 |
Plan of Operations
The Company’s strategic plan focuses on the extensive promotion of its hardware device, Apogee, while aligning marketing, sales, manufacturing, installation, and service operations to effectively manage customer demand and address challenges commonly associated with new product launches. In parallel, the Company continues to optimize its service and installation teams through organizational realignment and the allocation of additional resources to manage seasonal fluctuations in workload.
Furthermore, the Company is actively implementing new marketing initiatives, including the launch of a redesigned website, expanded paid social media campaigns, ongoing public relations initiatives, and the engagement of new brand ambassadors. Notably, the Company has partnered with former Dallas Cowboys football players Ezekiel Elliott and Brice Butler to enhance brand visibility and market reach.
While continuing to focus on the roll out of Apogee, supported by increased marketing budgets and expanded sales channels, including international markets, the Company has also introduced its newest software platform, E6 Apex. As part of its international growth strategy, the Company plans to open a regional office serving EMEA, formalize two additional international distributor partnerships, and establish its newly announced joint venture office in Asia.
In addition, the Company plans to launch a series of new VGA online tournaments in collaboration with new strategic partners, with onboarding efforts for these partners currently underway. The Company has also formally launched E6 Apex, representing a significant advancement in its software offerings, and announced the upcoming release of several new products, including the next generation of Apogee, the Mini Trainer, and portable frame systems designed to support Apogee units. Concurrently, the Company has begun the process of phasing out legacy launch monitor products, such as TruTrack and TruFlight, as part of its broader product modernization strategy.
Historically, the fourth quarter represents the Company’s strongest sales period, driven by holiday-related purchases and increased demand from golfers preparing for the off-season. As a result, the Company’s marketing and sales initiatives are significantly expanded during this period, along with corresponding increases in manufacturing, logistics, installation, and customer service activities to support heightened demand.
Additionally, the first quarter of each fiscal year is typically a critical extension of this busy season, as the Company focuses on fulfilling previously booked orders, ramping up installations, and completing training programs for distributors to support ongoing sales growth and collections activities.
Competition
The Company operates in a highly competitive market, with numerous competitors offering both hardware and, in some cases, reselling the Company’s E6 software. Key competitors include Trackman, FullSwing, Foresight, GolfZon, Uneekor, Garmin, FlightScope, SkyTrak, and Voice Caddie.
These competitors can generally be divided into two primary categories:
1. Indoor or Fixed Launch Monitors: This category includes products from Uneekor, FullSwing, FlightScope, and Foresight, which are typically sold through resellers that also provide the necessary complementary components, such as turf, frames, screens, and other required technology to operate the launch monitors. These fully integrated solutions generally range in price from approximately $10,000 to $50,000.
2. Indoor/Outdoor or Portable Launch Monitors: This category comprises devices that can be positioned on the ground, either behind or to the side of the golfer, for use in both indoor and outdoor settings, such as driving ranges or golf courses. Competitors offering products in this segment include Trackman, FullSwing, FlightScope, Foresight, Garmin, and Voice Caddie. These standalone devices are typically priced between $600 and $20,000.
Among these competitors, Trackman, GolfZon, Uneekor, and FullSwing have also introduced their own proprietary software solutions, which are sold separately from hardware. These providers typically charge additional fees for software access, ranging from approximately $300 to $5,000, with most fees structured as annual recurring subscriptions.
| 38 |
In addition, there are several software-only competitors, including GSPro, The Golf Club, and World Golf Tour, which focus solely on virtual golf software and generally offer annual subscription models priced between approximately $200 and $1,000.
Our Competitive Strengths
TruGolf believes it possesses significant competitive advantages in both technology and industry expertise when compared to other market participants. The Company’s executive leadership team brings extensive experience in the software sector, including backgrounds with major firms such as Microsoft and Access Software.
The Company’s flagship software, E6 Connect, has emerged as a leading golf simulation operating system and is widely compatible for use with nearly every major launch monitor available in the marketplace. Having developed and sold golf simulation software for nearly 40 years, TruGolf’s longstanding presence and expertise in this domain represent one of its most significant competitive advantages. This broad compatibility of E6 Connect also enhances the reach and impact of the Company’s Virtual Golf Association (VGA), providing a competitive edge over hardware-only providers.
Additionally, TruGolf has been engaged in the design, manufacturing, and sale of proprietary hardware for over 20 years, allowing the Company to offer fully integrated hardware and software solutions. This combination strengthens TruGolf’s position in the marketplace, particularly as hardware and software bundles become increasingly important to customers.
Recent upgrades to the Company’s manufacturing facilities and the establishment of new corporate offices are expected to further enhance production capabilities and operational efficiency in delivering golf simulator products. Moreover, TruGolf has cultivated strong, longstanding relationships with leading institutions and suppliers worldwide, further supporting its competitive position and ability to scale.
Seasonality
The Company’s operations are subject to inherent seasonality, as its products are designed to enable golfers to play indoors when outdoor conditions are unfavorable due to inclement weather, particularly during winter months in regions such as the Midwest, Northeast, and Northwest areas of the United States. As a result, the Company has historically experienced increased product usage and higher sales volumes during the first and fourth quarters of each fiscal year.
In response to these seasonal demand patterns, the Company typically increases its marketing, sales, and customer service activities during the third and fourth quarters, while expanding production, logistics, and installation operations in the first quarter to fulfill heightened demand.
The Company expects these seasonal trends to continue in future periods, notwithstanding occasional internal delays related to new product launches, such as Apogee, or broader non-seasonal economic factors that may arise. The Company’s expectation that first and fourth quarter seasonality will remain consistent is based on the persistent cold and wet weather patterns that affect large geographic areas across North America, Europe, and Asia.
| 39 |
Government Regulation
The Company is subject to a broad range of U.S. federal, state, and foreign laws and regulations, many of which are evolving and continue to be tested in courts. These laws and regulations may be interpreted in ways that could adversely impact the Company’s business and operations. Key areas of regulation include, but are not limited to, user privacy, data protection, consumer information privacy, and laws governing unfair and deceptive trade practices.
U.S. federal and state laws and regulations, some of which may be enforced by both governmental agencies and private parties, are constantly evolving and subject to significant change. The application, interpretation, and enforcement of these legal requirements are often uncertain, particularly given the emerging and rapidly evolving nature of the industries in which the Company operates. Additionally, these laws and regulations may be applied inconsistently across different jurisdictions and may not align with the Company’s current policies and practices.
The Company’s sales of golf simulators and related products are subject to oversight and regulation by various entities, including the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) and the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC), as well as other federal, state, local, and foreign regulatory authorities. These laws primarily govern product labeling, advertising, marketing, manufacturing, safety, shipment, and disposal. Furthermore, because certain components used in the Company’s products are imported, the Company is subject to import regulations and international trade laws.
In addition to the foregoing, the Company is subject to other regulatory regimes, including environmental laws, employment regulations, privacy and cybersecurity laws, environmental health and safety regulations, licensing and operational requirements, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), and similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws. The adoption of new laws and regulations, or new interpretations of existing laws, could materially impact the Company’s operations and compliance requirements.
To date, the costs of compliance with applicable laws and regulations have not had a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations, and the Company believes it is in substantial compliance with all current legal and regulatory requirements. However, given the nature of the Company’s operations and the continually evolving regulatory landscape, the Company cannot predict with certainty whether future material capital expenditures or operating costs will be required to maintain compliance with applicable regulations.
Intellectual Property
The Company regards its trademarks, service marks, copyrights, patents, domain names, trade dress, trade secrets, proprietary technologies, and other forms of intellectual property as critical assets essential to its success. To protect these assets, the Company relies on a combination of trademark, copyright, and patent laws, as well as trade secret protections and confidentiality and/or license agreements with employees, customers, partners, and other third parties. The Company owns an issued U.S. patent which is expected to remain in force until 2038, and several pending patent applications that may ultimately be issued and would expire between 2042 and 2045. The Company has also registered or applied for registration of various U.S. domain names, trademarks, service marks, and copyrights.
However, effective protection of trademarks, service marks, copyrights, patents, and trade secrets may not be available in every jurisdiction where the Company’s products are offered. The Company has previously licensed, and may continue to license in the future, certain proprietary rights—such as trademarks and copyrighted materials—to third parties. Although the Company seeks to maintain brand quality through such licenses, there is no assurance that licensees will not engage in conduct that could materially and adversely affect the value of the Company’s intellectual property or reputation, which may, in turn, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.
Further, there can be no assurance that the steps taken by the Company to protect its proprietary rights will be sufficient or that third parties will not infringe upon or misappropriate its copyrights, trademarks, patents, trade dress, or similar proprietary rights. Additionally, other parties may assert claims of intellectual property infringement against the Company. The Company has been subject to such claims in the past and expects that it may face similar legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, including allegations that the Company or its licensees have infringed upon the trademarks or other intellectual property rights of third parties. Even claims that are without merit could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources, potentially impacting the Company’s operations and reputation.
| 40 |
Human Resources
We currently employ approximately 72 employees of which 71 are full-time and one is part-time, many of which started working remotely due to COVID-19 and continue to work remotely. In addition to the marketing and sales outlined above, we complete all product development of both hardware and software in house, including some light manufacturing and assembly, simulator installations, customer service, and logistics.
Facilities
The Company currently leases two facilities to support its operations. The primary facility, located in Centerville, Utah, houses offices for more than half of the Company’s staff, along with space for research and development, manufacturing, assembly, returns, and repairs. All proprietary hardware is assembled at this facility, with additional components, such as frames, fabric for simulator bays, turf, foam, and other technology, sourced from local and domestic suppliers.
The second facility, located in North Salt Lake, Utah, provides office space for the remainder of the Company’s staff, and serves as the primary location for finished goods inventory and logistics operations, including storage of assembled simulators.
The Company leases 19,381 square feet from Boulder Properties LLC under a three-year lease agreement entered into in December 2022. The lease initially covers a period of one year, with an option to extend for an additional two years. The monthly rent for the first year was $20,343, increasing to $24,615 per month in the third year. Additionally, the Company is responsible for its proportionate share of operating costs, currently approximating $3,000 per month. This lease also includes add-on finish work to accommodate the Company’s operational needs, including office space, research and development, and manufacturing and assembly functions.
In June 2023, the Company entered into a five-year triple net lease for approximately 13,000 square feet in North Salt Lake, Utah. This facility supports the customer support team and provides storage for assembled simulators. The first-year monthly rent under this lease was $10,457, with an agreed annual escalation of three percent in subsequent years.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date of this filing, the Company is not a party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of management, if determined adversely, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results, financial condition, or cash flows.
Insurance
The Company maintains an insurance policy that provides customary coverage and protections, including professional liability, general liability, employee benefits liability, and coverage against claims related to technology products and services, as well as cybersecurity risks. The policy also includes product liability coverage, which extends to claims arising from technology-related issues, such as customer data breaches, copyright infringement, misrepresentation, and fraud, as well as claims associated with physical products and services sold through the Company’s website.
Available Information
Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, our proxy and information statements and all amendments to those reports will be available free of charge through our website at www.trugolf.com.com as soon as practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Except as otherwise stated in these documents, the information contained on our website or available by hyperlink from our website is not incorporated by reference into this report or any other documents we file, with or furnish to, the SEC.
| 41 |
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and Notes thereto included in this prospectus. The forward-looking statements included in this discussion and elsewhere in this prospectus involve risks and uncertainties, including those set forth under “Cautionary Statement About Forward-Looking Statements.” Actual results and experience could differ materially from the anticipated results and other expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including but not limited to those discussed in this Item and “Risk Factors.”
Company Overview
Since 1983, we have been passionate about driving the golf industry with innovative, indoor golf solutions. We build products that capture the spirit of golf. Our mission is to help grow the game by making it more available, more approachable and more affordable, through technology - because we believe golf is for everyone.
Our team has built award-winning video games (including Links, a popular sports game for PC), innovative hardware solutions, and an all-new e-sports platform to connect golfers around the world with TruGolf E6 Connect Software, our premier software engine. Since TruGolf Nevada’s beginning, we have continued to define and redefine what is possible with golf technology.
In addition to offering a variety of custom, professional, and portable golf simulators, TruGolf Nevada’s latest launch monitor, Apogee, was created to improve accuracy and to make using the launch monitor easier. Features of Apogee include: a unique Apogee Voice Assistant, a voice command system that allows users to navigate their TruGolf E6 Connect Software gameplay within rounds and practice sessions; Laser Launchpad, a laser indicator that shows users where to place the ball and when the system is ready to record a swing and Point-of-Impact (POI) slow-motion replay video.
Our suite of hardware offerings in the golf technology space is expansive, offering something for virtually everyone from gamers to beginners to professionals, and all consumers in between. Hardware offerings are sold through a global network of authorized resellers, retail outlets and direct-to-consumer through a dedicated TruGolf Nevada sales team. Our suite of hardware offerings range from entry level pricing at just under $400, to well over $100,000 for custom projects, creating a wide range of pricing options for nearly all consumers, and providing TruGolf Nevada with a competitive advantage in creating a wide consumer base as compared to its competitors (who often only focus in a narrow consumer price range).
TruGolf Nevada creates top golf technology software in the marketplace through its TruGolf E6 Connect Software. Importantly, TruGolf E6 Connect Software is designed not only for use with our suite of hardware offerings in the golf technology space, but also integrates with more than twenty-four third party golf technology hardware manufacturers, translating to a staggering market integration coverage equal to roughly 90% of golf technology hardware in the global market space, which allows peer-to-peer play across these golf technology hardware manufacturers, allowing for a unification of the golf technology space. TruGolf E6 Connect Software records, on average, over 725,000 indoor golf shots per day. TruGolf E6 Connect Software is both PC and iOS compatible and can be used both indoors and outdoors.
We have leveraged our unique position as one of the industry leaders in both hardware and software golf technology solutions to organize and found the Virtual Golf Association (VGA). The VGA is a gamified virtual economy that takes place inside the TruGolf E6 Connect Software. Users have a chance to earn points through play, practice, and more - providing a worldwide leaderboard of connected indoor golfers. Each shot users take rewards them with points. These points can be used to purchase in-game enhancements, or to enter virtual golf tournaments with real world prizes. The VGA is broken into three models:
| ● | Game Analysis - rewards TruGolf E6 Connect Software users who track and measure their game. Users can set specific goals (e.g., shots hit per month, speed and distance gains, dispersion reduction) and earn points for hitting milestones. At the end of each month, users can see how they compared against all other users utilizing the Game Analysis features. |
| 42 |
| ● | Connected Golf - rewards users for joining with their friends and playing golf online. Earn points for playing a new course or linking up to play nine holes with another player utilizing TruGolf E6 Connect Software. |
| ● | Virtual Golf Association Events - events are worldwide leaderboard format, flighted by handicap, where users play and compete to shoot the lowest score. These contests include stroke play, closest to the pin, match play, stableford, and more. Users earn points based on how they finish in their division. |
In totality, our business model is designed to be positioned as the hub of golf technology, with groundbreaking hardware technologies that we believe can become the industry standard and unifying the industry as a whole by serving as the leader of golf technology software solutions through its TruGolf E6 Connect Software.
Principal External Factors Affecting Our Operating Results
We believe that our performance and future success depend on many factors that present significant opportunities for us but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and in the section entitled “Risk Factors”.
| ● | Market acceptance. The growth of our business depends on our ability to gain broader acceptance of our current products by continuing to make users aware of the significant benefits of our products to generate increased demand and frequency of use, and thus increase our sales. Our ability to grow our business will also depend on our ability to expand our customer base in existing or new target markets, including international markets. Although we have increased the number of users of TruGolf Nevada hardware and software product offerings and continue to grow our channels globally through established relationships and focused sales efforts, we cannot provide assurance that our efforts will continue to increase the use of our products. |
| ● | Sales force size and effectiveness. The rate at which we grow our sales force and expansion channels and the speed at which newly hired salespeople and sales channels become effective can impact our revenue growth and our costs incurred in anticipation of such growth. We intend to continue to make significant investments in our sales and marketing organization and channels by increasing the number of sales representatives and expanding our international programs to help facilitate further adoption of our products as well as broaden awareness of our products to new customers. We are slowly expanding into EMEA through a quickly growing network of distributors that will each slowly develop their respective territories, sales from EMEA are still below 5% of total sales. We have also signed a Joint Venture agreement with a partner in China to manage all distribution needs across Asia. We are not required to invest in any of these markets, and as such take a lower margin on products sold there, therefore we expect slowly growing impacts on top line revenue from these globalization efforts. |
| ● | Product and geographic mix; timing. Our financial results, including our gross margins, may fluctuate from period to period based on the timing of orders, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and the number of available selling days in a particular period, which can be impacted by a number of factors, such as holidays or days of severe inclement weather in a particular geography, the mix of products sold and the geographic mix of where products are sold. |
Principal Components of Revenues, Costs and Expenses
Revenues
Our revenues come from the sale of TruGolf Nevada software and hardware, which products are sold through a global network of authorized resellers, retail outlets and direct-to-consumer through a dedicated TruGolf Nevada sales team.
| 43 |
Cost of Revenues
Cost of revenues consists primarily of costs that are directly related to the delivery of our TruGolf Nevada hardware and software products, excluding depreciation but including direct material, labor, manufacturing overhead, reserves for estimated warranty costs and charges to write-down the inventory carrying value when it exceeds the estimated net realizable value.
Operating Expenses
Royalties
We have agreements with certain software golf hardware vendors who bundle our tracking and golf course software with their hardware. We pay them a royalty based on the number of units or subscriptions they sell. The royalty percentages typically range between 20% to 30%. The royalty agreements are for one year, with automatic renewal unless each party gives a thirty-day written notice of the intent to cancel the contract prior to the renewal date.
Salaries, Wages and Benefits
Salaries, wages and benefits are expenses earned by our employees in the executive, information technology, finance and accounting, human resources, administrative functions and outside contractors. Also included in salaries, wages and benefits are employer payroll taxes, health, dental and life insurance expenses.
Selling, General and Administrative
Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of advertising, training events, brand building, product marketing activities and installation and shipping costs. We expect sales and marketing costs will continue to increase as we expand our international selling and marketing activities, hire additional personnel, and build brand awareness through advertising and training.
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of professional fees paid for legal, accounting, auditing, and consulting services, bad debt, licenses and association dues, facilities (including rent and utilities) bank and credit card processing fees and other expenses related to general and administrative activities.
We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will continue to increase as we continue hiring to support our growth. We also anticipate that we will incur increased accounting, audit, legal, regulatory, compliance, and investor and public relations expenses associated with operating as a public registrant.
Other Expense
Interest Expense
Interest expense consists of interest expenses associated with issuing notes and balances outstanding under our debt obligations and the gross sales royalty payable, the amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discounts associated with such borrowings.
Loss on Investment
During the year ended December 31, 2022, we wrote off our $100,000 equity investment in a small entity that was intended to help develop and sell our products.
Gain on Loan Extinguishment
In May 2020, we received a $735,000 loan under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act Paycheck Protection Program. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the loan was forgiven.
| 44 |
Principal Cash Flows
We generate cash primarily from our operating activities and, historically, we have used cash flows from operating activities and available borrowings under certain notes payable as the primary sources of funds to purchase inventory and to fund working capital and capital expenditures, growth and expansion opportunities (see also “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below). The management of our working capital is closely tied to operating cash flows, as working capital can be impacted by, among other things, our accounts receivable activities, the level of inventories, which may increase or decrease in response to current and expected demand, and the size and timing of our trade accounts payable payment cycles.
Critical Accounting Estimates
We prepare our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The application of many accounting principles requires us to make assumptions, estimates and/or judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in our financial statements. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. These assumptions, estimates and/or judgments, however, are often subjective and they and our actual results may change based on changing circumstances or changes in our analyses. If actual amounts are ultimately different from our estimates, the revisions are included in our results of operations for the period in which the actual amounts first become known. We believe the following critical accounting estimates could potentially produce materially different results if we were to change underlying assumptions, estimates and/or judgments. See also Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our audited annual financial statements for a summary of our significant accounting policies.
Accounts Receivable, net
We manage credit risk associated with our accounts receivables at the customer level.
We believe the concentration of credit risk, with respect to our receivables, is limited because our customer base is comprised of a number of geographically diverse customers. We manage credit risk through credit approvals and other monitoring procedures.
Our allowance is estimated using a loss rate model based on delinquency. The estimated loss rate is based on our historical experience with specific customers, our understanding of our current economic circumstances, reasonable and supportable forecasts, and our own judgment as to the likelihood of ultimate payment based upon available data. The actual rate of future credit losses, however, may not be similar to past experience. Our estimate of doubtful accounts could change based on changing circumstances, including changes in the economy or in the particular circumstances of individual customers. Accordingly, we may be required to increase or decrease our allowance for doubtful accounts.
Inventory, net
All of our inventory consists of raw materials and are valued at the lower of historic cost or net realizable value; where net realizable value is considered to be the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable cost of completion, disposal and transportation. Historic inventory costs are calculated on an average or specific cost basis. The Company records inventory write-downs for excess or obsolete inventories based upon assumptions on current and future demand forecasts.
Warrants
The fair value of the warrants is estimated on the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the warrants, expected stock price volatility, and expected dividends. The actual estimates used can be found in Note 12 - Convertible Notes Payable in the annual audited financial statements. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. Expected volatilities used in the valuation model are based on the average volatility of the comparable companies publicly traded on recognized stock exchanges. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.
| 45 |
Results of Operations
Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2024
Our financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2025 are summarized as follows in comparison to the three months ended March 31, 2024.
| 2025 | 2024 | Variance | ||||||||||
| Revenue, net | $ | 5,389,230 | $ | 5,012,022 | $ | 377,208 | ||||||
| Cost of revenue | 1,726,199 | 1,959,023 | (232,824 | ) | ||||||||
| Total gross profit | 3,663,031 | 3,052,999 | 610,032 | |||||||||
| Operating Expenses: | ||||||||||||
| Royalties | 225,320 | 329,888 | (104,568 | ) | ||||||||
| Salaries, wages and benefits | 1,946,816 | 1,841,595 | 105,221 | |||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | 2,725,119 | 1,825,201 | 899,918 | |||||||||
| Operating loss | (1,234,224 | ) | (943,685 | ) | (290,539 | ) | ||||||
| Other income (expenses) | (1,436,098 | ) | (358,179 | ) | (1,077,919 | ) | ||||||
| Loss before income taxes | $ | (2,670,322 | ) | $ | (1,301,864 | ) | $ | (1,368,458 | ) | |||
Revenues
Revenues increased by $377,208, or 8%, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase is primarily attributable to the increase of our product acceptance and greater penetration in the industry market. In addition, we began the roll out of our franchise model during the three months ended March 31, 2025.
Cost of Revenues
Cost of revenues decreased by $232,824, or 12%, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024. The decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in inventory adjustments of $100,237 and a decrease in shipping costs of approximately $160,000.
Operating Expenses
Total operating expenses increased by $900,571, or 23%, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $899,918, or 49%, due primarily to an increase in contracted labor of approximately $364,000, an increase in marketing of approximately $160,000, and an increase in professional fees of approximately $180,000.
Other Income (Expenses)
Other income (expenses) increased by $1,077,919, or 301%, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase is primarily attributable to interest expense, amortization expense of the PIPE Convertible Notes debt discount, the write-off of remaining debt discounts upon the conversion of related to the PIPE Convertible Notes, and the make-good interest expense upon the conversion of related PIPE Convertible Notes.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of March 31, 2025, we had cash on hand of $12,615,820 and a working capital surplus of $29,551, as compared to cash on hand of $10,882,077 and a working capital deficiency of $982,237 as of December 31, 2024. The increase in working capital surplus is primarily a result of the $2,250,000 gross proceeds received from the PIPE Convertible Notes issued during the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was partially offset by an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $1,000,000.
| 46 |
The Company’s operating activities consume the majority of its cash resources. The Company anticipates that it will continue to incur operating losses as it executed its development plans for 2025, as well as other potential strategic and business development initiatives. In addition, the Company has had and expects to have negative cash flows from operations, at least into the near future. The Company has previously funded, and plans to continue funding, these losses with the sale of equity and convertible notes. The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
Working Capital
| March 31, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Current assets | $ | 18,238,372 | $ | 14,792,931 | ||||
| Current liabilities | 18,208,821 | 15,775,168 | ||||||
| Working capital deficiency | $ | 29,551 | $ | (982,237 | ) | |||
The increase in current assets is primarily due to the increase in cash on hand of $1,733,743 and an increase in inventory of $1,503,632. The increase in current liabilities is primarily due to an increase in deferred revenue of $1,028,780 and accrued and other liabilities of $1,823,760.
Cash Flows
For the Three Months Ended March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Cash Flows: | ||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | $ | (449,119 | ) | $ | 2,668,617 | |||
| Net cash used in investing activities | $ | (334,690 | ) | $ | (332,342 | ) | ||
| Net cash provided by financing activities | $ | 2,517,552 | $ | 92,128 | ||||
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $449,119 for the three months ended March 31, 2025, which was primarily due to the net loss of $2,670,322 and an increase in inventory of $1,503,632, which was partially offset by non-cash expenses of $1,526,448, an increase in deferred revenue of $1,028,780, and an increase in accrued and other current liabilities of $1,823,760.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $2,668,617 for the three months ended March 31, 2024, which was primarily due to the liquidation of the marketable securities account of $2,478,953 and an increase in accounts payable of $1,146,347. The change in the remaining operating assets and liabilities was $224,013 and non-cash expenses of $121,168.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $334,690 for the three months ended March 31, 2025, which was the result of an increase in capitalized software of $270,531 and the purchase of equipment of $64,159.
Net cash used in investing activities was $332,342 for the three months ended March 31, 2024, which was the result of the purchasing of equipment.
| 47 |
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $2,517,552 for the three months ended March 31, 2025, which was primarily due to $2,520,000 of net proceeds from PIPE Convertible Notes.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $92,128 for the three months ended March 31, 2024, the Company received net proceeds from the Merger of $2,237,213, paid off the variable rate line of credit of $1,980,937 and made debt payments of $270,795.
Management believes the plan outlined above provides an opportunity for the Company to continue as a going concern.
Comparisons of the Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
| 2024 | 2023 | Variance | ||||||||||
| Revenue, net | $ | 21,858,864 | $ | 20,583,851 | $ | 1,275,013 | ||||||
| Cost of revenue | 7,271,512 | 7,825,768 | (554,256 | ) | ||||||||
| Total gross profit | 14,587,352 | 12,758,083 | 1,829,269 | |||||||||
| | ||||||||||||
| Operating Expenses: | ||||||||||||
| Royalties | 706,214 | 709,640 | (3,426 | ) | ||||||||
| Salaries, wages and benefits | 9,314,415 | 9,681,323 | (366,908 | ) | ||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | 6,669,684 | 11,027,332 | (4,357,648 | ) | ||||||||
| Operating loss | (2,102,961 | ) | (8,660,212 | ) | 6,557,251 | |||||||
| Other income (expenses) | (6,692,458 | ) | (1,622,897 | ) | (5,069,561 | ) | ||||||
| Loss before income taxes | $ | (8,795,419 | ) | $ | (10,283,109 | ) | $ | 1,487,690 | ||||
Revenues
Revenues increased by $1,275,013, or 6%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase is primarily attributable to the increase of our product acceptance and greater penetration in the industry market.
Cost of Revenues
Cost of revenues decreased by $554,256, or 7%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in inventory adjustments of approximately $350,000 and a decrease in various cost of sales expenses of approximately $100,000.
Operating Expenses
Total operating expenses decreased by $4,727,982, or 22%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $4,357,648, or 40%, due to the Company granting the issuance of 821 shares of common stock to two consultants in March 2023 for consulting services with a fair value of approximately $4,500,000.
Other Income (Expenses)
Other income (expenses) increased by $5,069,561, or 312%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase is primarily attributable to interest expense, amortization expense of the original issue discounts, and the write-off of remaining original issue discounts upon conversion related to the PIPE Convertible loans issued and converted during the year ended December 31, 2024, of approximately $5,900,000. This was partially mitigated by gains on fair value adjustment of warrants and investment of $142,319 and $262,035, respectively.
| 48 |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2024, we had cash on hand of $10,882,077 and a working capital deficiency of $982,237, as compared to cash on hand of $5,397,564 and a working capital surplus of $1,988,267 as of December 31, 2023. The decrease in working capital surplus is primarily a result of the reclassification of the dividends note payable from non-current liabilities to current liabilities. This decrease was offset by an increase in cash on hand of approximately $3,000,000.
Working Capital
| December 31, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Current assets | $ | 14,792,931 | $ | 12,656,606 | ||||
| Current liabilities | 15,775,168 | 10,668,339 | ||||||
| Working capital deficiency | $ | (982,237 | ) | $ | 1,988,267 | |||
The increase in current assets is primarily due to the increase in cash on hand of $5,484,513. The increase in current liabilities is primarily due to the reclassification of the dividends note payable from non-current liabilities to current liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2024. The balance of dividends note payable was $4,023,923 at both December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Cash Flows
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | $ | (3,995,606 | ) | $ | (6,133,221 | ) | ||
| Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | 741,143 | (2,620,558 | ) | |||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities | 8,738,976 | 4,495,077 | ||||||
| Increase (decrease) in cash | $ | 5,484,513 | $ | (4,258,702 | ) | |||
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $3,995,606 for the year ended December 31, 2024, and was primarily due to the net loss of $8,795,419, which was partially offset by non-cash expenses of $3,683,361 and an increase in deferred revenue of $1,408,786.
Net cash used in operating activities was $6,133,221 for the year ended December 31, 2023, and was primarily due to the net loss of $10,283,109, which was partially offset by non-cash expenses of $7,101,498.
Investing Activities
Net cash provided by investing activities was $741,143 for the year ended December 31, 2024, which was the result of the Company selling its short-term investments for $2,478,953 which was partially offset by an increase in capitalized software of $2,070,742.
Net cash used in investing activities was $2,620,558 for the year ended December 31, 2023, of which $2,493,145 the purchase of short-term investments.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $8,738,976 for the year ended December 31, 2024, of which $8,902,681 was net proceeds from PIPE loans.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $4,495,077 for the year ended December 31, 2023, of which $1,980,937 was advances from a line of credit and $2,433,059 was proceeds from notes payable.
| 49 |
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-03, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions (“ASU 2022-03”), which clarifies the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement (“Topic 820”), when measuring the fair value of an equity security subject to contractual restrictions that prohibit the sale of an equity security and introduces new disclosure requirements for equity securities subject to contractual sale restrictions that are measured at fair value in accordance with Topic 820. ASU 2022-03 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. Management does not believe the adoption of any of these accounting pronouncements has had or will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In November 2023, the FASB issued Update 2023-07 - Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, which requires disclosure of the title and position of the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources, and disclosure of significant expenses regularly provided to the CODM that are included within the reported measure of segment profit or loss. The amendments of ASU 2023-07 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company adopted this new guidance for the year-ended December 31, 2024, on a retrospective basis, and the adoption did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. (see Note 15)
In December 2023, the FASB issued Update 2023-09 - Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which enhances the disclosure requirements for income tax rate reconciliation, domestic and foreign income taxes paid, and unrecognized tax benefits. The amendments of ASU 2023-09 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted and should be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement — Reporting Comprehensive Income — Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, to disclose additional information about specific expense categories. In January 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-01 Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40), which clarified the effective date for ASU 2024-03. These amendments are intended to provided more information about types of expenses in commonly presented expense captions. The amendments in this update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Emerging Growth Company
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that (i) we are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. We may choose to early adopt any new or revised accounting standards whenever such early adoption is permitted for private companies.
| 50 |
MANAGEMENT
The following sets forth certain information concerning the persons who serve as directors and executive officers of TruGolf.
| Name | Age | Position | ||
| Executive Officers | ||||
| Christopher (Chris) Jones | 70 | Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman, Director | ||
| Brenner Adams | 53 | Chief Growth Officer | ||
| Nathan E. Larsen | 55 | Chief Experience Officer | ||
| B. Shaun Limbers | 45 | Executive Vice President, Director | ||
| Steven R. Johnson | 72 | Chief Hardware Officer | ||
| Non-Employee Directors | ||||
| Humphrey P. Polanen | 75 | Director | ||
| Riley Russell | 53 | Independent Director | ||
| AJ Redmer | 62 | Independent Director |
Executive Officers
Christopher (Chris) Jones is the Chief Executive Officer and Director at TruGolf . He founded Access Software, one of the earliest leaders in gaming and software in 1982. As a founder of Access Software, Mr. Jones helped pioneer 3D simulation. In addition to creating the LINKSTM golf franchise-a highly awarded PC sports title-Access Software gained critical acclaim for the Tex Murphy adventure game series, and its early use of 3D engines and high-quality full motion video. After Access Software was acquired by Microsoft Corp. in 1999, Mr. Jones served as Project Manager for several XBOX titles through July 2004. In 2007, Mr. Jones became Chief Executive Officer of TruGolf, and has presided over TruGolf’s growth as a leader in the virtual golf industry ever since. Mr. Jones obtained a Bachelor’s Degree in Marketing and Finance from the University of Utah in Salt Lake City, Utah. The Deep Medicine Board believes that Mr. Jones is well qualified to serve on the TruGolf Board due to his background in video game development, his numerous years of management experience and the fact that he has been the driving force behind the Company’s operations since the Company’s formation.
Brenner Adams is the Chief Growth Officer at TruGolf. He is has served as the Chief Growth Officer of TruGolf since January 2022. Mr. Adams also provides consulting services from time to time through Octant Consulting of which he is the principal owner. From August 2021 to January 2022, Mr. Adams served as the Chief Information Officer of The Food Truck League. From April 2019 to August 2021, Mr. Adams served as Chief Innovation Officer for Med USA, a medical billing company. From January 2015 to December 2020, Mr. Adams served as an Adjunct Professor at the University of Utah. From February 2012 to April 2019, Mr. Adams served as Chief Executive Officer of The LINK Group, a point-of-sale software company. Mr. Adam’s prior work experience also includes serving as Global Brand Director for Burton Snowboards (2006-2008) and Director of Business Development for Xbox / Take Two (2001 to 2006). Mr. Adams serves on the Board of Directors of a number of private companies. Mr. Adams received a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Utah.
Nathan E. Larsen is the Chief Experience Officer at TruGolf. He has served as the Chief Experience Officer of TruGolf since October 2021. From January 2019 to October 2021, Mr. Larsen provided freelance brand and marketing consultation services to various companies in the medical, forestry and construction industries. From 2006 to 2019, Mr. Larsen served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Equity Building Solutions Inc., a resident development and construction company. From 2004 to 2006, Mr. Larsen served as Creative Director and Director of Business Development for Take Two Interactive / Indie Built Studio, a software development company which developed games for Xbox and the PlayStation 2. From 1999 to 2004, Mr. Larsen served as Creative Director for Microsoft Corp., in its Xbox Games development division. From 1991 to 1999, Mr. Larsen served as an artist, animator and art director for Access Software. Prior to that, he served as an artist and animator on five PC games published by Sierra On Line. Mr. Larsen is a member of the Salt Lake Home Builders Association, Utah Valley Home Builders Association and the Park City Area Home Builders Association.
| 51 |
B. Shaun Limbers is the Executive Vice President and Director at TruGolf. He has served as Clinical Assistant Professor of Entrepreneurship and Director of the Institute for Family Business at Baylor University in Waco, Texas. Since May 2019, Mr. Limbers has served as an Adjunct Faculty Member at Baylor University and Associate Director for Baylor University’s entrepreneurship center. Since March 2010, Mr. Limbers has served as the Chief Executive Officer and founder of McIntyre Investment, LLC (“McIntyre”), an investment banking firm specializing in middle market transactions including primary and secondary investments, merger and acquisition advisory services and real estate. Mr. Limbers is a registered representative with McIntyre’s SEC registered broker-dealer entity, McIntyre Capital Partners, LLC, which is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC). He holds a Series 7 license as well as a Series 63 license with FINRA. Prior to forming McIntyre, Mr. Limbers served as Vice President of Christina Development corporation, a real estate investment company, from 2003 to 2010. Mr. Limbers obtained a Bachelor of Science Degree in Business Administration from Pepperdine University and an MBA from the University of Notre Dame. The Deep Medicine Board believes that Mr. Limbers is well qualified to serve on the TruGolf Board due to his significant experience with private investments, transaction structuring, joint ventures, investment banking and fund raising.
Steven Johnson is the Chief Hardware Officer of TruGolf. Mr. Johnson has been an employee in a variety of positions with TruGolf since May 1999. He began as a Product Development Manager and became the Executive Vice President in 2007. Prior to joining TruGolf, Mr. Johnson was a Sales Manager of Cassette Productions, LLC, an audio, video and software company. Mr. Johnson attended the University of Utah.
Non-Employee Directors
Humphrey P. Polanen serves as an independent director at TruGolf. He is the Chief Executive Officer and managing member of NeoVista Ventures LLC, a healthcare focused holding company. Mr. Polanen was the director of Heritage Commerce Corp (Nasdaq: HTBK), a bank holding company offering a wide array of business and personal banking services, from 1994 to April 2016. Since 1999, Mr. Polanen has been actively involved as an investor and director in various venture capital backed companies in the technology industry, and has served as a director of various private equity funds. He was the Managing Director of Internet Venture Partners BV, an investment firm, from 2000 to 2004. Prior to joining Internet Ventures, he served in various executive positions with Sun Microsystems and Tandem Computers. Mr. Polanen was a director (and former Chairman of the Board) of St. Bernard Software, a publicly traded Internet security company. Mr. Polanen has been a director of TechFlow Inc., an information technology service company, since June 2016. Mr. Polanen practiced corporate law for over ten years at the beginning of his career. He has a Bachelor of Arts degree from Hamilton College and a Juris Doctor degree from Harvard University. The Deep Medicine Board believes that Mr. Polanen is well qualified to serve on the TruGolf Board due to his experience as an executive, investor, director and business manager with advanced technology companies and private equity firms.
AJ Redmer serves as an independent director at TruGolf. He is the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Redmer Productions LLC. Mr. Redmer founded Redmersoft in 1986 which operated within Lucasfilm Ltd.’s Skywalker Ranch. He helped evolve Redmersoft into Maxis Software Corporation before taking on senior management responsibilities at Lucasfilm Ltd. AJ subsequently went on to senior leadership positions at Spectrum Holobyte, Nintendo and Microsoft where he played a key role in the development of the original Xbox and the Xbox 360. He has also served as the chief executive officer of WeMade Entertainment USA, Inc. He has over 25 years of experience building video game franchises in the entertainment industry. Mr. Redmer has designed and/or overseen the development of some of the most well-known franchises in the gaming industry including; SimCity, Star Wars, Indiana Jones, Tetris, Ridge Racer, Pokémon, Flight Simulator, Age of Empires, Project Gotham Racing and Forza Motorsport. The Deep Medicine Board believes that Mr. Redmer is well qualified to serve on the TruGolf Board due to his executive experience in the franchising side of the gaming and entertainment industries.
Riley Russell serves as an independent director at TruGolf. Mr. Russell has over 30 years-experience working in the games and interactive entertainment industry. He is currently the Executive Vice President and Studio head at Kojima Productions US. Prior to joining Kojima, Mr. Russell has served as an Executive Vice President with Penumbra, Inc. and as the Chief Legal Officer at Sony Interactive Entertainment LLC until 2021. At Sony, Mr. Russell was responsible for Sony’s interactive division that produces the Sony PlayStation. He has global experience in the video games, entertainment and technology sector. Mr. Russell is also an active board member of the Video Game Bar Association and the XR Association. The Deep Medicine Board believes that Mr. Russell is well qualified to serve on the TruGolf Board due to his experience as an executive in the video game and entertainment and technology sector.
| 52 |
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among any of TruGolf’s directors or executive officers.
Arrangements for Election of Directors and Members of Management
There are no arrangements or understandings with major shareholders or others pursuant to which any of our executive officers or directors are selected.
Controlled Company
Christopher Jones, together with Steven R. Johnson and David Ashby, hold approximately 85.9% of the voting power of TruGolf’s voting securities for the election of directors. As a result, TruGolf expects to be a controlled company within the meaning of the Nasdaq rules, and, as a result, may qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.
Under Nasdaq rules, a controlled company is exempt from certain corporate governance requirements, including:
| ● | the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors; |
| ● | the requirement that a listed company have a nominating and governance committee that is composed of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; |
| ● | the requirement that a listed company have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and |
| ● | the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance committee and compensation committee. |
Controlled companies must comply with the exchange’s other corporate governance standards. These include having and audit committee and the special meetings of independent or non-management directors.
Corporate Governance
Director Independence
TruGolf will adhere to the rules of Nasdaq in determining whether a director is independent. The board of directors of TruGolf has consulted, and will consult, with its counsel to ensure that the board’s determinations are consistent with those rules and all relevant securities and other laws and regulations regarding the independence of directors. The Nasdaq listing standards define an “independent director” as a person, other than an executive officer of a company or any other individual having a relationship which, in the opinion of the issuer’s board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of TruGolf’s compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of TruGolf. None of TruGolf’s executive officers currently serve, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers that serves as a member of the TruGolf Board or compensation committee.
| 53 |
Non-Employee Director Compensation
TruGolf Board intends to adopt a non-employee director compensation policy designed to align compensation with TruGolf’s business objectives and the creation of shareholder value, while enabling TruGolf to attract and retain directors to contribute to TruGolf’s long-term success.
Cash Compensation
The Compensation Committee of TruGolf may develop an executive compensation program that is designed to align compensation with TruGolf’s business objectives and the creation of stockholder value, while enabling TruGolf to attract, retain, incentivize and reward individuals who contribute to the long-term success of the company, including through cash compensation.
Equity Compensation
The Compensation Committee of TruGolf may develop an executive compensation program that is designed to align compensation with TruGolf’s business objectives and the creation of stockholder value, while enabling TruGolf to attract, retain, incentivize and reward individuals who contribute to the long-term success of the company, including through equity compensation.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers
TruGolf has purchased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and has enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements and TruGolf’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will require it to indemnify the directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.
EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information regarding the total compensation awarded to and earned by our named executive officers for services rendered in all capacities for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Name and Principal Position | Year | Salary ($) | Bonus ($) | Stock Awards ($)(1) | Option Awards ($) (1) | Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) | Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($) | All Other Compensation ($)(2) | Total ($) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Christoper Jones | 2024 | 72,000 | 95,091 | - | - | - | 167,091 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Chief Executive Officer | 2023 | 150,000 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 150,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Brenner Adams | 2024 | 84,000 | - | - | 57,055 | - | - | $ | 79,000 | 220,055 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Chief Growth Officer | 2023 | 168,000 | - | 690,000 | - | - | - | - | 858,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nathan Larsen | 2024 | 163,000 | - | - | 57,055 | - | - | - | 220,055 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Chief Experience Officer | 2023 | 163,000 | - | 690,000 | - | - | - | - | 853,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Lindsay Jones | 2024 | 82,000 | 10,000 | 119,959 | - | - | - | - | 211,959 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Former Chief Financial Officer | 2023 | 24,892 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 24,892 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | Represents the full grant date fair value of the option grant or stock award calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. These amounts do not necessarily correspond to the actual value that may be realized by the named executive officer. For a summary of the assumptions made in the valuation of the awards, please see Note 19 to our financial statements as of and for the period ended December 31, 2024 included in the 2024 Annual Report. |
| (2) | Represents payments made by us for consulting services while the officer was not a salaried employee. |
| 54 |
Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2024
The Company has granted 340,000 of outstanding option awards held by each named executive officer as of December 31, 2024.
Employment Agreements with our Named Executive Officers
Christoper Jones
On January 1, 2023, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Jones to serve as our Chief Executive Officer (the “Jones Employment Agreement”). The Jones Employment Agreement has an initial term of five years ending on January 1, 2028, and can be terminated by either party. Pursuant to the Jones Employment Agreement, Mr. Jones is eligible to receive an annual base salary of $160,000 and performance-based annual bonuses along with equity incentive plans. Mr. Jones is also eligible for certain compensation based on future changes of control (50% or greater) as well as compensation based upon termination of his employment or resignation. In addition, Mr. Jones received 200,000 options to purchase the Company’s common stock – Class A in accordance with the Company’s 2024 Stock Incentive Plan.
Brenner Adams
On January 18, 2024, effective January 25, 2024, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Adams to serve as our Chief Growth Officer (the “Adams Employment Agreement”). The Adams Employment Agreement is evergreen and can be terminated by either party. Pursuant to the Adams Employment Agreement, Mr. Adams is eligible to receive an annual base salary of $120,000 and a quarterly bonus. In addition, Mr. Adams received 120,000 options to purchase the Company’s common stock – Class A in accordance with the Company’s 2024 Stock Incentive Plan.
Nathan Larsen
On January 18, 2024, effective January 25, 2024, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Larsen to serve as our Chief Experience Officer (the “Larsen Employment Agreement”). The Larsen Employment Agreement is evergreen and can be terminated by either party. Pursuant to the Larsen Employment Agreement, Mr. Larsen is eligible to receive an annual base salary of $144,000 and a quarterly bonus. In addition, Mr. Adams received 120,000 options to purchase the Company’s common stock – Class A in accordance with the Company’s 2024 Stock Incentive Plan.
| 55 |
Outstanding Equity Awards
The following table sets forth certain information concerning our outstanding options for our named executive officers as of December 31, 2024:
| Name | Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable | Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable | Option Exercise Price ($) | Option Expiration Date | ||||||||||
| Christopher Jones | 200,000 | 200,000 | $ | 0.93 | 10/11/2034 | |||||||||
| Brenner Adams | 120,000 | 120,000 | $ | 0.93 | 10/11/2034 | |||||||||
| Nathan E. Larson | 120,000 | 120,000 | $ | 0.93 | 10/11/2034 | |||||||||
Recoupment Policy
We adopted the TruGolf Holdings, Inc. Dodd-Frank Restatement Recoupment Policy effective as of October 2, 2023. In the event that we are required to prepare a financial restatement, the Committee will recoup all erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation calculated on a pre-tax basis received after October 2, 2023, by a person (i) after beginning service as an executive officer, (ii) who served as an executive officer at any time during the performance period for that incentive-based compensation, and (iii) during the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the date that the Company is required to prepare a restatement, and any transition period (that results from a change in the Company’s fiscal year) of less than nine months within or immediately following those three completed fiscal years. “Clawback” or recoupment policy in our executive compensation program contributes to creating and maintaining a culture that emphasizes integrity and accountability and reinforces the performance-based principles underlying our executive compensation program.
Granting of Certain Equity Awards Close in Time to the Release of Material Nonpublic Information
We do not grant equity awards in anticipation of the release of material nonpublic information that is likely to result in changes to the price of our common stock, and do not time the public release of such information based on award grant dates. During the last completed fiscal year, we have not made awards to any named executive officer or director during the period beginning four business days before and ending one business day after the filing of a period report on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K or the filing or furnishing of a current report on Form 8-K, and we have not timed the disclosure of material nonpublic information for the purpose of affecting the value of executive compensation.
Director Compensation
Other than the named executive officers that received compensation for services rendered in all capacities for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, no other directors on the TruGolf Board received any compensation for the year ended December 31, 2024.
| 56 |
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES
The following table sets forth beneficial ownership of the Company’s Common Stock as of June 20, 2025
| ● | each person known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company; |
| ● | each of the Company’s executive officers and directors; and |
| ● | all of the Company’s current executive officers and directors as a group. |
Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security. Under those rules, beneficial ownership includes securities that the individual or entity has the right to acquire, such as through the exercise of warrants or stock options or the vesting of restricted stock units, within 60 days of June 20, 2025. Shares subject to warrants or options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 20, 2025 or subject to restricted stock units that vest within 60 days of June 20, 2025 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such warrants, options, or restricted stock units for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, based on the information provided to the Company, the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Trugolf Holdings, Inc., 60 North 1400 West Centerville, Utah 84014.
The beneficial ownership of our Class A Common Stock is based on 40,532,790 shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding as of June 12, 2025, which number excludes the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the shares shown to be beneficially owned by them.
| Name and Address of Beneficial Owner | Number of shares of Common Stock | % of Common Stock* | % of Total Voting Power* | |||||||||
| Directors and executive officers | ||||||||||||
| Christopher Jones (2) | 8,988,824 | 19.6 | % | 78.0 | % | |||||||
| Brenner Adams | 261,832 | 0.6 | % | 0.6 | % | |||||||
| Nathan E. Larson | 326,832 | 0.8 | % | 0.8 | % | |||||||
| B. Shaun Limbers | 293,443 | 0.7 | % | 0.7 | % | |||||||
| Steven R. Johnson ( ) | 4,332,093 | 10.1 | % | 61.8 | % | |||||||
| Humphrey P. Polanen | 155,000 | * | * | |||||||||
| Riley Russell | 30,000 | * | * | |||||||||
| AJ Redmer | 30,000 | * | * | |||||||||
| All directors and executive officers as a group (8 individuals) | 14,418,024 | 29.6 | % | 85.0 | % | |||||||
| Other 5% beneficial owners | ||||||||||||
| Christopher Jones (2) | 8,988,824 | 19.6 | % | 78.0 | % | |||||||
| David Ashby (2) | 4,443,408 | 10.3 | % | 62.8 | % | |||||||
| Steven R. Johnson (2) | 4,332,093 | 10.1 | % | 61.8 | % | |||||||
| Greentree Financial Group, Inc. (4) | 4,453,743 | 9.9 | % | 9.9 | % | |||||||
| * | Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1%. |
| (1) | Includes 5,044,424 shares of Class B Common Stock, which are entitled to 25 votes per share and are convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, and 200,000 shares underlying option awards. |
| (2) | Includes 2,425,669 shares of Class B Common Stock, which are entitled to 25 votes per share and are convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, and 100,000 shares underlying option awards. |
| (3) | Includes 2,529,906 shares of Class B Common Stock, which are entitled to 25 votes per share and are convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, and 20,000 shares underlying option awards. |
| (4) | Based solely on Schedule 13G filed by Greentree Financial Group, Inc. on May 5, 2025. Includes the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock beneficially owned as of June 20, 2025 after giving effect to the Maximum Percentage (as defined in the section “Selling Securityholders” below). The address of Greentree Financial Group, Inc. is 900 S. Pine Island Road, Suite 310, Plantation, FL 33324. |
| 57 |
SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS
The shares of Class A common stock being offered by the Selling Securityholders are those issuable to the Selling Securityholders upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock. For additional information regarding the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock, see “Prospectus Summary – Recent Developments – Exchange Agreement”. We are registering the shares of Class A common stock in order to permit the Selling Securityholders to offer the shares for resale from time to time. Except for the ownership of Company securities, the Selling Securityholders have not had any material relationship with us within the past three years.
The table below lists the Selling Securityholders and other information regarding the beneficial ownership (as determined under Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder) of the shares of Class A common stock held by each of the Selling Securityholders. The second column lists the number of shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by the Selling Securityholders, based on their respective ownership of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, as of June 12, 2025, assuming the consummation of exchange of the PIPE Convertible Notes and certain other amounts outstanding with respect thereto in the aggregate amount for Series A Preferred Stock and the completion of the exchange of conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock held by each such selling stockholder on that date but taking account of any limitations on conversion set forth therein.
The third column lists the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus by the Selling Securityholders and does not take in account any limitations on conversion of the preferred shares set forth therein set forth therein.
In accordance with the terms of a registration rights agreement with the holders of the Preferred Stock, this prospectus generally covers the resale of 100% of the maximum number of shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock issued and issuable assuming that the Warrants have been exercised into such aggregate number of Series A Preferred Stock equal to the sum of (a) the Maximum Forced Exercise Share Amount (as set forth in the Warrants) plus (b) the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock as the stockholder shall have the right to exercise into without our consent (without regard to any limitations on conversion contained in the certificate of designations solely for the purpose of such calculation) at the floor price of $0.07. Because the conversion price and the floor price of the Series A Preferred Stock may be adjusted, the number of shares that will actually be issued may be more or less than the number of shares being offered by this prospectus. The fourth column assumes the sale of all of the shares offered by the Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus.
Under the terms of the certificate of designations, a Selling Securityholder may not convert the preferred shares to the extent (but only to the extent) such selling stockholder or any of its affiliates would beneficially own a number of shares of our common stock which would exceed 4.99% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the outstanding shares of the Company. However, Greentree Financial Group, Inc., waived the Maximum Percentage under the PIPE Convertible Note raising its maximum percentage to 9.99%. Upon the extinguishment of the Convertible note at the closing of the Exchange Agreement, the Maximum Percentage shall be in effect for all Selling Securityholders, including Greentree Financial Group, Inc. The number of shares in the second column reflects these limitations. The Selling Securityholders may sell all, some or none of their shares in this offering. See “Plan of Distribution.”
| Number of Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering(13) | Maximum Number of Shares of Common Stock Being Sold | Number of Shares of Common Stock Owned After Offering(12)(13) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Name of Selling Stockholder(6) | Number | Percent | Number | Percent | ||||||||||||||||
| SandTrap Opportunities LLC (1) | 2,129,000 | (7) | 4.99 | % | 208,325,000 | 2,129,000 | (7) | 4.99 | % | |||||||||||
| Greentree Financial Group, Inc (2) | 4,453,743 | (8) | 9.99 | % | 137,500,000 | 2,129,000 | (8) | 4.99 | % | |||||||||||
| Finuvia, LLC (3) | 1,531,000 | (9) | 3.64 | % | 12,500,000 | 2,129,000 | (9) | 4.99 | % | |||||||||||
| L&H Inc. (4) | 2,129,000 | (10) | 4.99 | % | 37,500,000 | 2,129,000 | (10) | 4.99 | % | |||||||||||
| Li Holdings Inc. (5) | 2,129,000 | (11) | 4.99 | % | 25,000,000 | 2,129,000 | (11) | 4.99 | % | |||||||||||
* Less than 1%
(1) SandTrap Opportunities LLC (“SandTrap”) is a wholly owned special purpose vehicle of ATW Opportunities Master Fund II, L.P. (the “Fund”). ATW Partners Opportunities Management, LLC serves as the investment manager to the Fund (the “Adviser”). The Fund and the Adviser may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock held by SandTrap and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of these shares. Antonio Ruiz-Gimenez and Kerry Propper serve as the managing members of the Adviser (the “Managing Members”). The Managing Members, in their capacities as Managing Members of the Adviser, may also be deemed to have investment discretion and voting power over the shares of Class A Common Stock held by SandTrap. The Fund, the Adviser and the Managing Members each disclaim any beneficial ownership of such shares of Class A Common Stock. The address of this Selling Securityholder is c/o ATW Partners Opportunities Management LLC, One Pennsylvania Plaza, Floor 48, Suite 4810, New York, New York 10119.
(2) Robert Christopher Cottone is the beneficial owner of Greentree Financial Group Inc.
(3) Weiheng Cai is the manager and president of Finuvia, LLC. As such, Mr. Cai may be deemed to have investment discretion and voting power over the shares of Class A Common Stock held by such entity and is the beneficial owner of such entity.
(4) Linwen Huang is the beneficial owner of L&H, Inc.
(5) Ke Li is the beneficial owner of Li Holdings.
(6) The information in this table and the related notes is based upon information supplied by the selling shareholders.
(7) This column lists the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by this Selling Securityholder as of June 20, 2025 after giving effect to the Maximum Percentage (as defined in the paragraph above). Without regard to the Maximum Percentage, as of June 20, 2025, this selling securityholder would beneficially own an aggregate of 482,213,764 shares of our Class A Common Stock, consisting of (i) 426,264 shares of Class A Common Stock held by the selling securityholder, none of which shares are being registered under this prospectus; (ii) 2,187,500 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the PIPE Convertible Notes, convertible at the fixed conversion price of $1.00 per share, none of which shares are being registered for resale under this prospectus; (iii) 21,275,000 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, with a stated value of $1,000 per share, held by the selling securityholder, convertible at a price of $0.07 per share, none of which are being registered under this prospectus; and (iv) 458,325,000 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the shares of Series A Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants held by this selling securityholder, currently exercisable at an exercise price of $900, of which 208,325,000 shares are being registered under this prospectus.
(8) This column lists the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by this Selling Securityholder as of June 20, 2025 after giving effect to the Maximum Percentage (as defined in the paragraph above). Without regard to the Maximum Percentage, as of June 20, 2025, this selling securityholder would beneficially own an aggregate of 323,653,568 shares of our Class A Common Stock, consisting of (i) 1,078,368 shares of Class A Common Stock held by the selling securityholder, none of which shares are being registered under this prospectus; (ii) 3,350,200 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the PIPE Convertible Notes, convertible at the fixed conversion price of $1.00 per share, none of which shares are being registered for resale under this prospectus; (iii) 16,725,000 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, with a stated value of $1,000 per share, held by the selling securityholder, convertible at a price of $0.07 per share, none of which are being registered under this prospectus; and (iv) 302,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the shares of Series A Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants held by this selling securityholder, currently exercisable at an exercise price of $900, of which 137,500,000 shares are being registered under this prospectus.
(9) This column lists the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by this Selling Securityholder as of June 20, 2025 after giving effect to the Maximum Percentage (as defined in the paragraph above). Without regard to the Maximum Percentage, as of June 20, 2025, this selling securityholder would beneficially own an aggregate of 29,031,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock, consisting of (i) 6,000 shares of Class A Common Stock held by the selling securityholder, none of which shares are being registered under this prospectus; (ii) 0 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the PIPE Convertible Notes, convertible at the fixed conversion price of $1.00 per share, none of which shares are being registered for resale under this prospectus; (iii) 1,525,000 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, with a stated value of $1,000 per share, held by the selling securityholder, convertible at a price of $0.07 per share, none of which are being registered under this prospectus; and (iv) 27,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the shares of Series A Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants held by this selling securityholder, currently exercisable at an exercise price of $900, of which 12,500,000 shares are being registered under this prospectus.
(10) This column lists the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by this Selling Securityholder as of June 20, 2025 after giving effect to the Maximum Percentage (as defined in the paragraph above). Without regard to the Maximum Percentage, as of June 20, 2025, this selling securityholder would beneficially own an aggregate of 88,012,544 shares of our Class A Common Stock, consisting of (i) 17,544 shares of Class A Common Stock held by the selling securityholder, none of which shares are being registered under this prospectus; (ii) 945,000 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the PIPE Convertible Notes, convertible at the fixed conversion price of $1.00 per share, none of which shares are being registered for resale under this prospectus; (iii) 4,550,000 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, with a stated value of $1,000 per share, held by the selling securityholder, convertible at a price of $0.07 per share, none of which are being registered under this prospectus; and (iv) 82,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the shares of Series A Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants held by this selling securityholder, currently exercisable at an exercise price of $900, of which 37,500,000 shares are being registered under this prospectus.
(11) This column lists the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by this Selling Securityholder as of June 20, 2025 after giving effect to the Maximum Percentage (as defined in the paragraph above). Without regard to the Maximum Percentage, as of June 20, 2025, this selling securityholder would beneficially own an aggregate of 58,225,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock, consisting of (i) 175,000 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the PIPE Convertible Notes, convertible at the fixed conversion price of $1.00 per share, none of which shares are being registered for resale under this prospectus; (ii) 3,050,000 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, with a stated value of $1,000 per share, held by the selling securityholder, convertible at a price of $0.07 per share, none of which are being registered under this prospectus; and (iii) 55,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the shares of Series A Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants held by this selling securityholder, currently exercisable at an exercise price of $900, of which 25,000,000 shares are being registered under this prospectus.
(12) Assumes the sale of all securities being offered pursuant to this prospectus and no other shares of Class A Common Stock are acquired by this selling securityholder after giving effect to the Maximum Percentage. However, the selling securityholder is not obligated to sell all or any portion of the shares of our stock offered pursuant to this prospectus.
(13) Applicable percentage ownership is based on 40,532,790 shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding as of June 20, 2025, and based on 461,357,790 shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding after the offering.
| 58 |
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Note Payable with ARJ Trust
In December 2008, we entered into a $500,000, 8.50% annual interest rate note payable with a trust (“ARJ Trust”) indirectly controlled by our chief executive officer. We make monthly interest-only payments of $3,451. The outstanding principal balance of this note was $500,000 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
In June 2010, we entered into a second $150,000, 8.50% annual interest rate note with ARJ Trust. We make monthly interest-only payments of $1,063. The outstanding principal balance of this note was $150,000 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Note Payable with McKettrick
In May 2019, we entered into a $1,750,000, zero interest rate note payable with a former shareholder to repurchase all of their shares in the Company. The note is payable in annual installments of $250,000 due on December 21 of each year. The note matures on December 1, 2027. There is a late fee of 5%, if not paid within 10 days of the due date. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 the Company made cash payments of $500,000 and $300,000 ($250,000 for the installment fee and $50,000 for a negotiated extension fee). The outstanding principal balance of this note was $800,000 and $1,300,000 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Note Payable with Carver
In January 2021, we entered into a $220,000, zero interest rate note payable with a former shareholder to repurchase all of their shares in the Company. The note is payable in semi-annual installments of $18,500 due on March 31 and September 30 each year and matures on October 1, 2027. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company made cash payments of $37,000 and $37,000, respectively. The outstanding principal balance of this note was $111,000 and $148,000 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Conversion of Notes Payable
On April 21, 2025, we entered into agreements with the holders of approximately $3.9 million in outstanding notes payable (including accrued interest) originally issued in November 2022, including officers and directors of the Company, pursuant to which such note holders converted all outstanding amounts payable to such note holders into (i) 8,283,139 shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, with respect to $2.6 million in principal and interest of such notes payable, and into (ii) 4,233,077 shares of Common Stock, with respect to $1.3 million in principal and interest of such notes payable, in each case at a conversion price of $0.31204 per share, which was the above closing price of our Common Stock prior to conversion.
| 59 |
DESCRIPTION OF OUR SECURITIES
The following is a description of our securities of as set forth in certain provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Charter”) and our Second Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”), and applicable forms of warrant, each previously filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference as an exhibit to this registration statement to which this prospectus forms a part. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Charter, Bylaws, applicable forms of warrant, and the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). We encourage you to read our Charter, Bylaws, applicable forms of warrant, and the applicable portions of the DGCL carefully.
Authorized Capitalization
We are authorized to issue 670,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 650,000,000 shares are shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 10,000,000 shares are shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares are shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.
TruGolf Common Stock Following the Business Combination
Class A Common Stock
Voting Power
Holders of TruGolf Class A common stock are entitled to cast one vote per share of TruGolf Class A common stock. Generally, holders of all classes of TruGolf common stock will vote together as a single class, and an action will be approved by TruGolf stockholders if the number of votes cast in favor of the action exceeds the number of votes cast in opposition to the action, while directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast. Holders of TruGolf Class A common stock will not be entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.
Dividends
Subject to applicable law, the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over TruGolf Class A commons stock, the holders of shares of TruGolf Class A commons stock are entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of TruGolf) when, as and if declared thereon by the TruGolf Board from time to time out of any assets or funds of TruGolf legally available therefor and will share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.
Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up
Subject to applicable law, the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of the preferred stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over TruGolf Class A commons stock, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of TruGolf, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, the holders of shares of TruGolf Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of TruGolf available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of TruGolf A common stock (on an as converted basis with respect to the TruGolf B common stock) held by them.
Preemptive or Other Rights
No shares of TruGolf Class A common stock are subject to redemption or have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of TruGolf Class A common stock. Holders of shares of TruGolf Class A common stock will not have subscription, redemption or conversion rights. All the outstanding shares of TruGolf Class A common stock will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
| 60 |
Class B Common Stock
Issuance of TruGolf Class B Common Stock
Shares of TruGolf Class B common stock may be issued only to, and registered in the name of, Christopher Jones, Steven R. Johnson, and David Ashby (the “TruGolf Founders”) and any entities wholly owned by a TruGolf Founder (including all subsequent successors, assigns and permitted transferees), which we collectively refer to as “Permitted Class B Owners”.
Voting Rights
Holders of TruGolf Class B common stock are entitled to cast 25 votes per share of TruGolf Class B common stock. Generally, holders of all classes of TruGolf common stock will vote together as a single class, and an action will be approved by TruGolf stockholders if the number of votes cast in favor of the action exceeds the number of votes cast in opposition to the action, while directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast. Holders of TruGolf Class B common stock will not be entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.
Dividend Rights
Subject to applicable law, the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over TruGolf Class B commons stock, the holders of shares of TruGolf Class B commons stock are entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of TruGolf) when, as and if declared thereon by the TruGolf Board from time to time out of any assets or funds of TruGolf legally available therefor and will share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.
Liquidation Rights
Subject to applicable law, the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of the preferred stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over TruGolf Class B common stock, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of TruGolf, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, the holders of shares of TruGolf Class B common stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of TruGolf available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of TruGolf B common stock on an as converted basis held by them.
Voluntary Conversion of Class B Common Stock.
Each share of TruGolf Class B common stock shall be convertible into one fully paid and nonassessable share of TruGolf Class A common stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time upon written notice to TruGolf. In order to effectuate a conversion of shares of TruGolf Class B common stock, a holder shall (a) submit a written election to TruGolf that such holder elects to convert shares of TruGolf Class B common stock, the number of such shares elected to be converted and (b) (if such shares are certificated), along with such written election, surrender to TruGolf the certificate or certificates representing the shares being converted, duly assigned or endorsed for transfer to TruGolf (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers relating thereto) or, in the event the certificate or certificates are lost, stolen or missing, accompanied by an affidavit of loss executed by the holder. The conversion of such shares hereunder shall be deemed effective as of the date of surrender of such TruGolf Class B common stock certificate or certificates, delivery of such affidavit of loss or the written election to convert for uncertificated shares. Upon the receipt by TruGolf of a written election and, if applicable, the surrender of such certificate(s) and accompanying materials, TruGolf shall as promptly as practicable (but in any event within 10 days thereafter) either (a) deliver to the relevant holder (i) a certificate in such holder’s name (or the name of such holder’s designee as stated in the written election) for the number of shares of TruGolf Class A common stock to which such holder shall be entitled upon conversion of the applicable shares as calculated pursuant to this Section 4.2 and, if applicable (ii) a certificate in such holder’s (or the name of such holder’s designee as stated in the written election) for the number of shares of TruGolf Class B common stock (including any fractional share) represented by the certificate or certificates delivered to TruGolf for conversion but otherwise not elected to be converted pursuant to the written election or (b) note the conversion of the shares on the stock ledger of TruGolf. All shares of capital stock issued hereunder by TruGolf shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all taxes, liens, charges and encumbrances with respect to the issuance thereof. Each converted share of Class B Common Stock will be retired by the Corporation and shall not be available for reissuance.
| 61 |
Automatic Conversion of Class B Common Stock
Each share of TruGolf Class B common stock will automatically convert into one (1) share of TruGolf Class A common stock any sale, pledge or other transfer, whether or not for value, by the initial registered holder thereof, upon any transfer, other than in each case any transfer to a Permitted Class B Owner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any holder of TruGolf Class B common stock may pledge his, her or its shares of TruGolf Class B common stock to a pledgee pursuant to a bona fide pledge of the shares as collateral security for indebtedness due to the pledgee so long as the shares are not transferred to or registered in the name of the pledgee. In the event of any pledge meeting these requirements, the pledged shares will not be converted automatically into shares of TruGolf Class A common stock. If the pledged shares of TruGolf Class B common stock become subject to any foreclosure, realization or other similar action by the pledgee, they will be converted automatically into shares of TruGolf Class A common stock upon the occurrence of that action.
Other Matters
No shares of TruGolf Class B common stock are subject to redemption or have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of TruGolf Class B common stock. All outstanding shares of TruGolf Class B common stock are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
Preferred Stock
TruGolf Board has the authority, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series, and the number of shares constituting any such class or series, and to fix the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations, restrictions and relative rights of each class or series of preferred stock, including, without limitation, dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, exchange rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, dissolution preferences, and treatment in the case of a merger, business combination transaction, or sale of TruGolf’ assets, which rights may be greater than the rights of the holders of the TruGolf common stock.
The purpose of authorizing the TruGolf Board to issue TruGolf preferred stock and determine the rights and preferences of any classes or series of preferred stock is to eliminate delays associated with a TruGolf stockholder vote on specific issuances. The simplified issuance of TruGolf preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of the outstanding voting stock of TruGolf. Additionally, the issuance of TruGolf preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of TruGolf Class A common stock, including by restricting dividends on the TruGolf Class A common stock, diluting the voting power of the TruGolf Class A common stock or subordinating the dividend or liquidation rights of the TruGolf Class A common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of TruGolf preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of TruGolf Class A common stock.
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
In connection with the signing of the Exchange Agreement, the Company designated 50,000 shares of the Company’s authorized and unissued preferred stock as Series A Preferred Stock and established the rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Certificate of Designations of Rights and Preferences of the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Certificate of Designations”), which was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as summarized below:
| 62 |
General. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock has a stated value of $1,000 per share and, when issued, the Series A Preferred Stock will be fully paid and non-assessable.
Ranking. The Series A Preferred Stock, with respect to the payment of dividends, distributions and payments upon the liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company, ranks senior to all capital stock of the Company, unless the Required Holders (as defined in the Certificate of Designations) consent to the creation of other capital stock of the Company that is senior or equal in rank to the Series A Preferred Stock.
Dividends. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to a 10% per annum dividends. The dividends are payable to each record holder of the Series A Preferred Stock in cash or in shares of Common Stock, provided that if the shares of Common Stock are utilized to pay the dividends then such dividends shall be recalculated in connection with such issuance of shares of Common Stock at a deemed rate of 15%, and the Company may, at its option, under certain circumstances, capitalize the dividend by increasing the stated value of the Series A Preferred Stock or elect a combination of the capitalized dividend and a payment in dividend shares.
Purchase Rights. If at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any options, convertible securities, or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to all or substantially all of the record holders of any class of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then each holder of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which such holder could have acquired if such holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of all the Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder immediately prior to the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights at the Alternate Conversion Price (as defined below); subject to certain limitations on beneficial ownership.
Conversion Rights
Conversion at Option of Holder. Each holder of Series A Preferred Stock may convert all, or any part, of the Stated Value (which is equal to $1,000 per share of Series A Preferred Stock) of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, at any time at such holder’s option, into shares of the Common Stock (which converted shares of Common Stock are referred to as “Conversion Shares” herein) at an initial fixed “Conversion Price” of $1.00, which is subject to proportional adjustment upon the occurrence of any stock split, stock dividend, stock combination and/or similar transactions, as well as under the circumstances described below. The amounts to be converted include unpaid dividends and other charges for the Series A Preferred Stock.
Upon the voluntary conversion by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, in addition to the issuance of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Stated Value of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Company shall issue to the holders in Common Stock all dividends that would otherwise have accrued on such Series A Preferred Stock if such share were held until the five-anniversary of issuance (the “Make-Whole Amount”). The Make-Whole Amount is convertible at the “Alternate Conversion Price” equal to the lesser of (i) the Conversion Price, and (ii) 90% of the lowest volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) of the Common Stock during the five (5) consecutive trading days immediately prior to such conversion (subject to the Floor Price of $0.07 (the “Floor Price”)) (the “Alternate Conversion Price”).
If at the time of a conversion the Alternate Conversion Price is determined to be the Floor Price because such Floor Price is greater than 90% of the then five-day volume weighted average price of a share of Common Stock, then the Conversion Amount (as defined in the Certificate of Designations), shall automatically increase pro rata, by the applicable Alternate Conversion Floor Amount (as defined therein).
If on any six month anniversary after the date the Series A Preferred Stock are issued (the “Initial Issuance Date”) (each, a “Reset Date”), the Conversion Price then in effect is greater than the closing price of the Common Stock as of such applicable Reset Date (each, a “Reset Price”), immediately after the close of trading on such applicable Reset Date the Conversion Price shall automatically lower to the Reset Price.
If at any time on or after the date of issuance there occurs any stock split, stock dividend, stock combination recapitalization or other similar transaction involving the Common Stock, the Conversion Price shall be reduced to 120% of the quotient determined by dividing (x) the sum of the VWAP of the Common Stock for each of the five trading days with the lowest VWAP of the Common Stock during the fifteen consecutive trading day period ending and including the trading day immediately preceding the sixteenth trading day after such event Date, divided by (y) five.
| 63 |
Voluntary Adjustment Right. Subject to the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq, the Company has the right, at any time, with the written consent of the Required Holders, to lower the fixed conversion price to any amount and for any period of time deemed appropriate by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”).
Alternate Conversion Upon a Triggering Event. Following the occurrence and during the continuance of a Triggering Event (as defined below), each holder may alternatively elect to convert the Series A Preferred Stock at the Alternate Conversion Price.
The Certificate of Designations contains triggering events (each, a “Triggering Event” including certain Bankruptcy Triggering Event (as defined therein)), including but not limited to: (i) failure of a registration statement for the shares of Common Stock underlying to be maintained effective; (ii) the suspension from trading or the failure to list the Common Stock within certain time periods; (iii) failure to declare or pay any dividend when due; (iv) the occurrence of any default under, redemption of or acceleration prior to maturity of at least an aggregate of $500,000 of Indebtedness (as defined in the Exchange Agreement) of the Company, (v) the Company’s failure to cure a conversion failure of failure to deliver shares of the Common Stock upon conversion, or notice of the Company’s intention not to comply with a request for conversion of any Series A Preferred Stock, and (vi) bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company.
From and after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Triggering Event, the Dividend Rate in effect shall automatically be increased to the Default Rate of (i) 15% per annum for Dividends paid in cash, and (ii) 18% per annum for conversions of Dividends into shares.
Bankruptcy Triggering Event Redemption Right. Upon any Bankruptcy Triggering Event, the Company shall immediately redeem in cash all amounts due under the Series A Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 125% times the Conversion Amount to be redeemed; and (2) the product of (X) the Conversion Rate (calculated using the lowest Alternate Conversion Price during the period commencing on the 20th Trading Day immediately preceding such public announcement and ending on the date the Company makes the entire redemption payment), multiplied by (Y) 125% times the equity value of the Common Stock underlying such Series A Preferred Stock being converted. The equity value of the Common Stock underlying the Series A Preferred Stock is calculated using the greatest closing sale price of the Common Stock on any trading day immediately preceding such bankruptcy Triggering Event and the date the Company makes the entire payment required.
Change of Control Exchange. Upon a change of control of the Company, each holder may require the Company to exchange the holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock for consideration equal to the Change of Control Election Price (as defined in the Certificate of Designations), to be satisfied at the Company’s election in either (x) cash or (y) rights convertible into such securities or other assets to which such holder would have been entitled with respect to such shares of Common Stock had such shares of Common Stock been held by such holder upon consummation of such corporate event.
Company Optional Redemption. At any time the Company shall have the right to redeem in cash all, but not less than all, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding at a price equal to the greater of (i) the Conversion Amount being redeemed, and (ii) the product of (1) the Conversion Rate with respect to the Conversion Amount being redeemed, multiplied by (2) the equity value of the Common Stock underlying the Series A Preferred Stock. The equity value of the Common Stock underlying the Series A Preferred Stock is calculated using the greatest closing sale price of the Common Stock on any trading day immediately preceding the date the Company notifies the holders of the Company’s election to redeem and the date the Company makes the entire payment required.
| 64 |
Fundamental Transactions. The Certificate of Designations prohibit the Company from entering specified fundamental transactions (including, without limitation, mergers, business combinations and similar transactions) unless (i) the Company (or the Company’s successor) assumes in writing all of the Company’s obligations under the Certificate of Designations and the other Exchange Documents (as defined in the Certificate of Designations) and (ii) the Successor Entity (including its Parent Entity) is a publicly traded corporation whose common stock is quoted on or listed for trading on an Eligible Market.
Voting Rights. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have no voting power and no right to vote on any matter at any time, either as a separate series or class or together with any other series or class of share of capital stock, and shall not be entitled to call a meeting of such holders for any purpose nor shall they be entitled to participate in any meeting of the holders of Common Stock, except as provided in the Certificate of Designations (or as otherwise required by applicable law).
Covenants. The Certificate of Designations contains a variety of obligations on the Company’s part not to engage in specified activities. In particular, the Company will not, and will cause the Company’s subsidiaries to not, redeem, repurchase or declare any dividend or distribution on any of the Company’s capital stock (other than as required under the Certificate of Designations) and will not, subject to certain exceptions, incur any indebtedness, other than ordinary course trade payables and factoring of accounts receivable not exceeding certain amounts or, subject to certain exceptions, incur any liens. In addition, the Company will not issue any preferred stock or issue any other securities that would cause a breach or default under the Certificate of Designations.
Reservation Requirements. So long as any Series A Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Company shall at all times reserve at least 150% of the number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be necessary to effect the conversion of all Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding
Representative’s Warrants
The Representative’s Warrants are exercisable at $12.00 per share. The warrant may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, at any time during the period commencing on the later of the first anniversary of the effective date of DMA’s IPO Prospectus and the closing, and terminate on the fifth anniversary of the commencement date of sales in DMA’s IPO. The Representative’s Warrants grant to holders demand and “piggy back” rights for periods of five and seven years, respectively, from the commencement date of sales in DMA’s IPO with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrants. TruGolf will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities, other than underwriting commissions, which will be paid for by the holders themselves. The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the Representative’s Warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below its exercise price. There will be no obligation to net cash settle the exercise of the Representative’s Warrants. The holder of the Representative’s Warrants will not be entitled to exercise the warrants for cash unless a registration statement covering the securities underlying the warrants is effective or an exemption from registration is available.
Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law
So long as the outstanding shares of TruGolf Class B common stock represent a majority of the combined voting power of TruGolf Common Stock, the TruGolf Founders will effectively control all matters submitted to TruGolf stockholders for a vote, as well as the overall management and direction of TruGolf, which will have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of TruGolf .
After such time as the shares of TruGolf Class B common stock no longer represent a majority of the combined voting power of TruGolf Common Stock, the provisions of Delaware law, charter and bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of TruGolf.
| 65 |
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
TruGolf will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person deemed an “interested stockholder” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date such person becomes an interested stockholder unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the TruGolf Board, such as discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the price of TruGolf Common Stock.
Dual Class Stock
TruGolf charter provides for a dual class common stock structure, which provides the TruGolf founders, with the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the shares of TruGolf Common stock, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of TruGolf or its assets.
Special Meetings of Stockholders
The charter and the bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the TruGolf Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the TruGolf, or a majority of the TruGolf Board then in office.
Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations
The charter and the bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the TruGolf Board or a committee of the TruGolf Board.
Transfer Agent
The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is Equiniti Trust Company, LLC.
| 66 |
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
We are registering the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and conversion of Series A Preferred Stock to permit the resale of these shares of Class A Common Stock by the holders of the warrants from time to time after the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale by the Selling Securityholders of the shares of Class A Common Stock, although we will receive the exercise price of any Warrants exercised by the Selling Securityholders. We will bear all fees and expenses incident to our obligation to register the shares of Class A Common Stock.
The Selling Securityholders may sell all or a portion of the shares of Class A Common Stock held by them and offered hereby from time to time directly or through one or more underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. If the shares of Class A Common Stock are sold through underwriters or broker-dealers, the Selling Securityholders will be responsible for underwriting discounts or commissions or agent’s commissions. The shares of Class A Common Stock may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of the sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale or at negotiated prices. These sales may be effected in transactions, which may involve crosses or block transactions, pursuant to one or more of the following methods:
| ● | on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale; |
| ● | in the over-the-counter market; |
| ● | in transactions otherwise than on these exchanges or systems or in the over-the-counter market; |
| ● | through the writing or settlement of options, whether such options are listed on an options exchange or otherwise; |
| ● | ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers; |
| ● | block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction; |
| ● | purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account; |
| ● | an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange; |
| ● | privately negotiated transactions; |
| ● | short sales made after the date the Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC; |
| ● | broker-dealers may agree with a selling security holder to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share; |
| ● | a combination of any such methods of sale; and |
| ● | any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law. |
The Selling Securityholders may also sell shares of Class A Common Stock under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, if available, rather than under this prospectus. In addition, the Selling Securityholders may transfer the shares of Class A Common Stock by other means not described in this prospectus. If the Selling Securityholders effect such transactions by selling shares of Class A Common Stock to or through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, such underwriters, broker-dealers or agents may receive commissions in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the Selling Securityholders or commissions from purchasers of the shares of Class A Common Stock for whom they may act as agent or to whom they may sell as principal (which discounts, concessions or commissions as to particular underwriters, broker-dealers or agents may be in excess of those customary in the types of transactions involved). In connection with sales of the shares of Class A Common Stock or otherwise, the Selling Securityholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the shares of Class A Common Stock in the course of hedging in positions they assume. The Selling Securityholders may also sell shares of Class A Common Stock short and deliver shares of Class A Common Stock covered by this prospectus to close out short positions and to return borrowed shares in connection with such short sales. The Selling Securityholders may also loan or pledge shares of Class A Common Stock to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such shares.
| 67 |
The Selling Securityholders may pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the notes, warrants or shares of Class A Common Stock owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the shares of Class A Common Stock from time to time pursuant to this prospectus or any amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending, if necessary, the list of Selling Securityholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as Selling Securityholders under this prospectus. The Selling Securityholders also may transfer and donate the shares of Class A Common Stock in other circumstances in which case the transferees, donees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.
To the extent required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, the Selling Securityholders and any broker-dealer participating in the distribution of the shares of Class A Common Stock may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any commission paid, or any discounts or concessions allowed to, any such broker-dealer may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. At the time a particular offering of the shares of Class A Common Stock is made, a prospectus supplement, if required, will be distributed, which will set forth the aggregate amount of shares of Class A Common Stock being offered and the terms of the offering, including the name or names of any broker-dealers or agents, any discounts, commissions and other terms constituting compensation from the Selling Securityholders and any discounts, commissions or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid to broker-dealers.
Under the securities laws of some states, the shares of Class A Common Stock may be sold in such states only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the shares of Class A Common Stock may not be sold unless such shares have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.
There can be no assurance that any selling stockholder will sell any or all of the shares of Class A Common Stock registered pursuant to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.
The Selling Securityholders and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, Regulation M of the Exchange Act, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the shares of Class A Common Stock by the Selling Securityholders and any other participating person. To the extent applicable, Regulation M may also restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the shares of Class A Common Stock to engage in market-making activities with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock. All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of the shares of Class A Common Stock and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock.
We will pay all expenses of the registration of the shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the registration rights agreement, including, without limitation, Securities and Exchange Commission filing fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws; provided, however, a selling stockholder will pay all underwriting discounts and selling commissions, if any. We will indemnify the Selling Securityholders against liabilities, including some liabilities under the Securities Act in accordance with the registration rights agreements or the Selling Securityholders will be entitled to contribution. We may be indemnified by the Selling Securityholders against civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act that may arise from any written information furnished to us by the selling stockholder specifically for use in this prospectus, in accordance with the related registration rights agreements or we may be entitled to contribution.
Once sold under the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, the shares of Class A Common Stock will be freely tradable in the hands of persons other than our affiliates.
| 68 |
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by ArentFox Schiff LLP, Washington, DC.
EXPERTS
Haynie & Company (“Haynie”), independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the financial statements of TruGolf as of December 31, 2024, and for the year ended December 31, 2024, as set forth in their report included herein. The 2024 financial statements of TruGolf are included in this registration statement in reliance on Haynie’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
Haynie’s report of independent registered public accounting firm, dated April 15, 2025, on TruGolf’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2024 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor was it qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We file annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We have also filed a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, under the Securities Act with respect to the securities offered by this prospectus. This prospectus is part of the registration statement, but does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement or the exhibits. Our SEC filings are available to the public on the Internet at a website maintained by the SEC located at http://www.sec.gov.
| 69 |
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
| Page | |
| Audited Financial Statements | |
| Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID Number 457) | F-2 |
| Financial Statements: | |
| Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 | F-3 |
| Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 | F-4 |
| Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 | F-6 |
| Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 | F-7 |
| Notes to Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 | F-8 |
| F-1 |
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of TruGolf Holdings, Inc.
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TruGolf Holdings, Inc. (the Company) as of December, 2024 and 2023, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive gain (loss), stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
| /s/ Haynie & Company | |
| We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024 | |
| Salt Lake City, Utah | |
| April 15, 2025 |
| F-2 |
TRUGOLF HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
| December 31, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
| Current Assets: | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | ||||||
| Restricted cash | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | ||||||||
| Restricted cash | ||||||||
| Marketable investment securities | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable, net | ||||||||
| Inventory, net | ||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | ||||||||
| Other current assets | ||||||||
| Total Current Assets | ||||||||
| Property and equipment, net | ||||||||
| Capitalized software development costs, net | ||||||||
| Right-of-use assets | ||||||||
| Other long-term assets | ||||||||
| Total Assets | $ | $ | ||||||
| LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT | ||||||||
| Current Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts payable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Deferred revenue | ||||||||
| Notes payable, current portion | ||||||||
| Notes payable to related parties, current portion | ||||||||
| Notes payable, current portion | ||||||||
| Line of credit, bank | ||||||||
| Margin line of credit account | ||||||||
| Convertible notes payable | ||||||||
| Dividend notes payable | ||||||||
| Accrued interest | ||||||||
| Accrued and other current liabilities | ||||||||
| Accrued and other current liabilities - assumed in Merger | ||||||||
| Lease liability, current portion | ||||||||
| Total Current Liabilities | ||||||||
| Non-current Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Notes payable, net of current portion | ||||||||
| Note payables to related parties, net of current portion | ||||||||
| Note payables, net of current portion | ||||||||
| PIPE loan payable, net | ||||||||
| Dividend notes payable | ||||||||
| Gross sales royalty payable | ||||||||
| Lease liability, net of current portion | ||||||||
| Other liabilities | ||||||||
| Total Liabilities | ||||||||
| Commitments and Contingencies | ||||||||
| Stockholders’ Deficit: | ||||||||
| Preferred stock, $ par value, million shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding, respectively | ||||||||
| Common stock, $ par value, shares authorized: | ||||||||
| Common stock - Series A, $ par value, million shares authorized; and shares issued and outstanding, respectively | ||||||||
| Common stock - Series B, $ par value, million shares authorized; and shares issued and outstanding, respectively | ||||||||
| Common stock value | ||||||||
| Treasury stock at cost, shares of common stock held, respectively | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Additional paid-in capital | ||||||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive loss | ( | ) | ||||||
| Accumulated deficit | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total Stockholders’ Deficit | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit | $ | $ | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
| F-3 |
TRUGOLF HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
| For the | For the | |||||||
| Year Ended | Year Ended | |||||||
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
| Revenue, net | $ | $ | ||||||
| Cost of revenue | ||||||||
| Total gross profit | ||||||||
| Operating expenses: | ||||||||
| Royalties | ||||||||
| Salaries, wages and benefits | ||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | ||||||||
| Total operating expenses | ||||||||
| Loss from operations | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Other (expenses) income: | ||||||||
| Interest income | ||||||||
| Interest expense | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Gain on fair value adjustment | ||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt | ( | ) | ||||||
| Gain on investment | ||||||||
| Total other expense | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Loss from operations before provision for income taxes | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Provision for income taxes | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Net loss per common share Series A - basic and diluted | $ | ) | $ | ) | ||||
| Weighted average shares outstanding Series A - basic and diluted | ||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
| F-4 |
TRUGOLF HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE GAIN (LOSS)
| For the | For the | |||||||
| Year Ended | Year Ended | |||||||
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Other comprehensive gain (loss): | ||||||||
| Unrealized gain (loss) in fair value of short-term investments | ( | ) | ||||||
| Comprehensive loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
| F-5 |
TRUGOLF HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Gain (Loss) | Deficit | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred Stock | Class A Common Stock | Class B Common Stock | Treasury Stock | Additional Paid-in | Accumulated Other Comprehensive | Accumulated | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Gain (Loss) | Deficit | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2022 | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock to consultants for services | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock to employees for services | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock for conversion of dividend payable | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Unrealized loss in fair value of short-term investments | - | - | - | - | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | - | - | - | - | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2023 | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock exchanged in Merger | - | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | - | $ | - | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock - Series A exchanged in Merger | - | - | - | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock - Series B issued in Merger | - | - | - | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Revaluation of costs of merger | - | - | - | - | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock for interest and make good | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock for conversion of notes | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| - common stock | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation - common stock | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| - options | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation - options | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Debt refinance conversion | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Realized gain in fair value of short-term investments | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | - | - | - | - | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
| F-6 |
TRUGOLF HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
| For the | For the | |||||||
| Year Ended | Year Ended | |||||||
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
| Cash flows from operating activities: | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | ||||||||
| Amortization of convertible notes original issue discount | ||||||||
| Amortization of right-of-use asset | ||||||||
| Change in fair value of derivative liability | ( | ) | ||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt | ||||||||
| Fair value of warrants in excess of fair value of debt | ||||||||
| Bad debt expense | ||||||||
| Change in OCI | ||||||||
| Stock issued for services | ||||||||
| Stock issued for make good provisions on debt conversion | ||||||||
| Stock options issued to employees | ||||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
| Marketable investment securities | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable, net | ( | ) | ||||||
| Inventory, net | ( | ) | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses | ( | ) | ||||||
| Other current assets | ( | ) | ||||||
| Other assets | ( | ) | ||||||
| Accounts payable | ||||||||
| Deferred revenue | ( | ) | ||||||
| Accrued interest payable | ||||||||
| Accrued and other current liabilities | ( | ) | ||||||
| Other liabilities | ( | ) | ||||||
| Lease liability | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Cash flows from investing activities: | ||||||||
| Purchases of property and equipment | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Purchase of short-term investments | ( | ) | ||||||
| Capitalized software, net | ( | ) | ||||||
| Sale of short-term investments | ||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | ( | ) | ||||||
| Cash flows from financing activities: | ||||||||
| Proceeds from PIPE loans, net of discount | ||||||||
| Proceeds from loan payable – related party | ||||||||
| Proceeds from investment fund (PIPE) | ||||||||
| Cash acquired in Merger | ||||||||
| Increase in other liabilities | ||||||||
| Debt refinance conversion | ||||||||
| Proceeds from line of credit | ||||||||
| Proceeds from notes payable | ||||||||
| Proceeds from convertible notes | ||||||||
| Costs of Merger paid from PIPE loan | ( | ) | ||||||
| Repayments of line of credit | ( | ) | ||||||
| Repayments of liabilities assumed in Merger | ||||||||
| Repayments of loans assumed in Merger | ( | ) | ||||||
| Repayments of notes payable | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Repayments of notes payable - related party | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Dividends paid | ||||||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities | ||||||||
| Net change in cash , cash equivalents and restricted cash | ( | ) | ||||||
| Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash - beginning of year | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents - end of year | $ | $ | ||||||
| Supplemental cash flow information: | ||||||||
| Cash paid for: | ||||||||
| Interest | $ | $ | ||||||
| Income taxes | $ | $ | ||||||
| Non-cash investing and financing activities: | ||||||||
| Derivative liability related to warrants | $ | $ | ||||||
| PIPE note principal converted to Class A Common Stock | $ | $ | ||||||
| Convertible notes exchanged for PIPE note | $ | $ | ||||||
| Class A Common Stock exchanged in Merger | $ | $ | ||||||
| Class A Common Stock issued in Merger | $ | $ | ||||||
| Class B Common Stock issued in Merger | $ | $ | ||||||
| Termination of loan payable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Conversion of dividend note payable and accrued interest | $ | $ | ||||||
| Conversion of note payable to line of credit | $ | $ | ||||||
| Warehouse lease | $ | $ | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
| F-7 |
TRUGOLF HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 – NATURE OF THE ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS
Nature of the Business
For over 40 years, TruGolf Holdings, In. (including its subsidiaries “the Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our”) has been creating indoor golf software and hardware and are focused on both the residential and commercial golf simulation industries. We design, develop, manufacture and sell golf simulators for residential and commercial applications. We offer portable, professional, commercial and custom simulators. In addition, to bundling our software with our simulators, we offer our E6 Connect and E6 Apex software as well as other gaming software on a standalone basis. We have leveraged the power of our hardware and software platform to create a collection of multi-sport games including football, soccer, soccer golf, frisbee golf, zombie dodgeball, and cowboy target practice.
TruGolf Nevada has been creating indoor golf software for 40 years. We began as a subsidiary of Access Software, Inc., a video game developer based in Salt Lake City, Utah (“Access Software”), which was co-founded in November 1982, by Christopher Jones, the Company’s largest stockholder, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman. In April 1999, Access Software was purchased by Microsoft Corp., for its expertise in golf software development. Following the acquisition, the core programming and graphics team of Links™, which created Links LS 1999, one of the bestselling PC sports games of 1999, were spun out to TruGolf Nevada.
Since 1999, we have focused on establishing residential and commercial golf simulation as a viable industry, and since 2007, we have focused on fabricating custom golf simulators for luxury clients. Part of our initial strategy included partnering with hardware inventors to provide them world class software. Over time, we found that it was not viable to rely on these early hardware inventors alone, we also began building and selling our own hardware. In addition, we are working with a video game company to utilize their new dynamic graphics engine which will enable us to bring photorealistic golf courses to life through our E6 software (discussed below). In addition, we have developed multiple sources and 3rd party manufacturers for the raw materials or parts for our products, including but not limited to, steel or aluminum frames, fabric, turf, screens, projectors, PCs, cameras, lasers, infrared sensors, and supporting subsystems. The availability of the frames and fabric from our principal provider, Allied ES&A, has been increased as they have moved into a much larger facility directly located in a large employee base community and we have entered into negotiations with a second supplier in order to provide alternative sourcing if needed. A third supplier, Impact Signs, has also been used in the past and TruGolf Nevada believes that it could purchase turf, and screen supplies from them as well if needed. Both turf (Controlled Products), and screen suppliers (Allied), are so specialized that we have come to rely on one vendor for each, respectively. Turf particularly experienced some delivery delays in 2022 that have been rectified, additional inventory has been secured locally, and our highest volume portable simulators have been redesigned to use less raw materials from that vendor, while adding an improved hitting surface from a second vendor, Real Feel, to mitigate risk. Negotiations with a second supplier of screen materials is in progress. Projectors (TV Specialists), PCs, lasers, IR sensors and other systems come from multiple suppliers with no historical delay in supply. We have 2 primary suppliers of cameras, IDS and Basler, and have integrated products from both in the new Apogee unit to ensure the greatest availability possible.
The Company is an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, and as such, has elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.
Corporate History
On January 31, 2024 the Company completed the previously announced business combination pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 21, 2023 (as amended, the “Merger Agreement”), which provided for, Merger Sub to merge with and into TruGolf Nevada, with TruGolf Nevada surviving as a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp. (“DMAQ”), a Delaware corporation and TruGolf’s predecessor company as a consequence of the merger (together with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Business Combination”). In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, DMAQ changed its name to TruGolf Holdings, Inc. TruGolf Holdings, Inc.’s Class A common stock commenced trading on The Nasdaq Global Market under the ticker symbol “TRUG” on February 1, 2024.
| F-8 |
Trugolf Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp.) (the “Company” or “TruGolf”, “we”, “us”) was incorporated on July 8, 2020 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a business combination, with no material operation of its own. Our operations are conducted through our subsidiary TruGolf, Inc., a Nevada Corporation (“TruGolf Nevada”). TruGolf Nevada was formed as a Utah corporation on October 4, 1995, under the name “TruGolf, Incorporated”. TruGolf Nevada’s original business plan was the creation of golfing video games. On June 9, 1999, the TruGolf Nevada changed its name to “TruGolf, Inc.” Effective on April 26, 2016, TruGolf Nevada filed Articles of Merger with the State of Utah, Department of Commerce, and on April 28, 2016, TruGolf Nevada filed Articles of Merger with the Secretary of State of Nevada, pursuant to which TruGolf, Inc., a Utah corporation, merged with and into TruGolf Nevada, pursuant to a Plan of Merger. TruGolf Nevada was the surviving corporation in the merger. In connection with the Plan of Merger, TruGolf Nevada affected a four-for-one forward stock split of its outstanding common stock.
On
May 10, 2024 the Company formed TruGolf Links Franchising, LLC (“Links”), a wholly owned subsidiary in the state of Delaware.
Links has a sole member, TruGolf, Inc. Links was formed to establish and sell franchises that would use the Company’s indoor golf
and recreational sports simulators and other equipment. Links offers a Service Area franchise agreement for a single location. It also
offers a regional developer franchise agreement that allows the franchisee to sell franchises within its region. The upfront fees range
from $
Material Agreements
On
February 2, 2024, the Company executed a securities purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with certain investors
(together, the “PIPE Investors”), and pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, the PIPE Investors
agreed to purchase from the Company (i) senior convertible notes in the aggregate principal amount of up to $
Nasdaq Compliance
On July 15, 2024, the Company received a deficiency letter from the Listing Qualifications Department (the “Staff”) of the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) notifying the Company that since it failed to file its Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2024 it no longer complied with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5250(c)(1). The deficiency letter did not result in the immediate delisting of the Company’s common stock from the Nasdaq Capital Market. On August 14, 2024, the Company filed its Quarterly Report in the Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2024 and the Company regained compliance with the applicable Nasdaq rule.
On
August 19, 2024, the Company received a written notification (the “ Equity Notice”) from the Listing Qualifications Department
(the “Staff”) of the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) notifying the Company that, based on the Company’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, the Company’s stockholders’ equity was ($
Pursuant to Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5810(c)(2)(C), the Company was provided 45 calendar days, or until November 18, 2024, to supply a specific plan to regain compliance with all Nasdaq Global Market listing requirements and the Company’s time frame to complete its plan. The Company submitted its plan of compliance on November 18, 2024, which was accepted by the Staff, and Nasdaq granted an extension of 180 calendar days from the date of the Equity Notice, or until March 31, 2025, to evidence compliance. On April 2, 2025, the Company received a delist determination letter from the Staff (the “Nasdaq Notice”) advising the Company that the Staff had determined that the Company had not regained compliance with the Global Equity Standard. Accordingly, the Staff indicated that unless the Company requests a hearing panel (a “Panel”) appeal of the delist determination by April 9, 2025, its securities would be delisted on April 11, 2025.
| F-9 |
On April 9, 2025, the Company appealed Nasdaq’s determination to a Panel pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Nasdaq Listing Rule 5800 Series to stay the suspension of the Company’s securities pending the Panel’s decision.
On November 5, 2024, the Company received a written notification (the “Bid Notice”) from the Staff notifying the Company that, for the 30 consecutive business days ended November 4, 2024, the Company’s security did not maintain a minimum bid price of $ per share. Nasdaq stated in its letter that in accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A), the Company has a compliance period of 180 calendar days from the date of the Bid Notice (the “Compliance Period”), and that it may regain compliance if the closing bid on the Company’s security is at least $1 for a minimum of ten consecutive days during the Compliance Period, which will end May 5, 2025. If the Company chooses to implement a reverse stock split, it must complete the split no later than 10 business days prior to the expiration of the Compliance Period, in order to regain compliance.
On
November 5, 2024,
Liquidity
The
accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Company will continue as a going concern, which
contemplates realization of assets and satisfying liabilities in the normal course of business. At December 31, 2024, the Company has
an accumulated deficit of approximately $
To
date the Company has been funding operations primarily through the reinvestment of free cash flows generated from our business operations,
sale of equity in private placements, PIPE convertible debt instruments and revenues generated by the Company’s services. During
the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company received $
Based on its current cash resources and commitments, the Company believes it will be able to maintain its current planned development and corresponding level of expenditure for at least twelve months from the date of the issuance of these consolidated financial statements, although no assurance can be given that it will not need additional funds prior to such time.
NOTE 2 – BUSINESS COMBINATION AND PURCHASE PRICE ALLOCATION
On January 31, 2024, the Company consummated the Business Combination contemplated by the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 21, 2023 (as amended, the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the DMAQ, Merger Sub , Bright Vision Sponsor LLC, in the capacity as DMAQ’s Representative thereunder, Christopher Jones, in the capacity as TruGolf Nevada’s Representative thereunder, and TruGolf Nevada. As a result of the Business Combination, (i) Merger Sub merged with and into TruGolf Nevada (the “Merger”), with TruGolf Nevada surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of DMAQ, and (ii) DMAQ’s name was changed from Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp. to TruGolf Holdings, Inc. The Company’s Class A common stock commenced trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the ticker symbol “TRUG” on February 1, 2024.
| F-10 |
Accounting for the Business Combination
The Business Combination is accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, DMAQ was treated as the acquired company for accounting purposes, whereas TruGolf Nevada was treated as the accounting acquirer. In accordance with this method of accounting, the Business Combination has been treated as the equivalent of TruGolf Nevada issuing shares for the net assets of DMAQ, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of DMAQ and TruGolf Nevada were stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded, and operations prior to the Business Combination were those of TruGolf Nevada. TruGolf Nevada has been determined to be the accounting acquirer for purposes of the Business Combination based on an evaluation of the following circumstances:
| ● | Legacy TruGolf Nevada stockholders have a majority of the voting power of TruGolf | |
| ● | TruGolf Nevada comprising the ongoing operations of the combined company | |
| ● | TruGolf Nevada contributing a majority of the governing body members of New TruGolf, and | |
| ● | TruGolf Nevada’s senior management comprising the senior management of New TruGolf |
Exchange of TruGolf Nevada Shares for Shares of TruGolf
Based
on TruGolf Nevada shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination, the Exchange
Ratio determined in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement is approximately
SCHEDULE OF BUSINESS ACQUISITION CONTINGENT CONSIDERATION
| TruGolf Nevada | ||||
| shares outstanding | ||||
| as of immediately | ||||
| prior to the Closing | ||||
| Ordinary Shares, par value $0.01 per share | ||||
| Exchange Ratio | ||||
| Estimated shares of New TruGolf common stock issued to TruGolf Nevada shareholders upon closing | ||||
The
common shares issued to legacy TruGolf Nevada shareholders consists of shares of TruGolf Class A common stock and
shares of TruGolf Class B common stock. See Note 17 – Stockholders’ Deficit for the detail of the remaining
The purchase price for the Merger was allocated to the net assets acquired on the basis of historical costs with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. The following summarizes the allocation of the purchase price to net assets acquired in the Merger:
SCHEDULE OF ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PRICE TO NET ASSETS
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | |||
| Net proceeds from investment fund (PIPE) | ||||
| Accounts payable and accrued expenses | ( | ) | ||
| Loans payable | ( | ) | ||
| Net assets | $ | |||
| PIPE Convertible Notes Payable assumed in Merger | $ | |||
| Less: Original Issue Discount of | ( | ) | ||
| PIPE Convertible Notes Payable, net | ||||
| Payment of closing costs and other expenses | ( | ) | ||
| Net proceeds from PIPE Convertible Notes Payable assumed in Merger | $ |
| F-11 |
On
November 2, 2023 and December 7, 2023, Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp. (“DMAQ”) executed loan agreements with certain accredited
investors (together, the “Prior Loan Agreements”) pursuant to which such investors agreed to loan DMAQ up to an aggregate
$
The
Purchase Agreement contemplated the funding of the investment (the “Investment”) across multiple tranches. At the first closing
(the “Initial Closing”) an aggregate principal amount of $
Subject
to satisfying the conditions discussed below, the Company has the right under the Purchase Agreement, but not the obligation, to require
that the PIPE Investors purchase additional Notes at up to two additional closings. Upon notice at any time after the 2nd trading day
following the Initial Closing Date, the Company may require that the PIPE Investors purchase an additional aggregate principal amount
of $
In
addition, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, as amended by the Waiver (described below) each PIPE Investor has the right, but not the
obligation, to require that, upon notice, the Company sell to such PIPE Investor at one or more additional closings such PIPE Investor’s
pro rata share of up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $
On August 13, 2024, the Company entered into those certain waiver and amendment agreements (the “Waiver”), pursuant to which the Company and the PIPE Investors agreed to: (i) waive any breaches or defaults caused by the Company’s failure to timely file its SEC reports through August 14, 2024; (ii) extend the date by which the Additional Optional Closings may occur until 11 months from the effective date of the initial Registration Statement; (iii) permit the Company to raise debt financing from its affiliates through non-convertible, unsecured notes with a maturity date that is later than the maturity date of the PIPE Convertible Notes; (iv) waive certain registration failures until September 3, 2024 and permit the issuance of common stock to satisfy certain registration failures; and (v) allow the Company to satisfy the interest payments due April 1, 2024, July 1, 2024 and October 1, 2024 from the issuance of common stock or by allowing such amounts to be added to the principal amount of the PIPE Convertible Notes, at the option of the PIPE Investors. In addition, certain PIPE Investors agreed to acquire additional PIPE Convertible Notes without regard to any volume or price requirements in the instruments. In connection with the Waiver, the Company issued an aggregate of shares in satisfaction of certain registration statement delay payments and issued an aggregate of shares in satisfaction of outstanding interest payments. Such payments were made at the “Alternate Conversion Price” set forth in the PIPE Convertible Notes, which is equal to the lesser of (i) the Conversion Price, and (ii) 90% of the lowest volume weighted average price of the Class A common stock during the five consecutive trading days immediately prior to such conversion. Additionally, the Company issued shares to a PIPE Investor as a result of language in the PIPE Convertible Note related to ownership percentage prior to the Merger.
| F-12 |
On November 7, 2024, the Company entered into those certain amendments to the Waivers (the “Amendments”), pursuant to which the Company and the PIPE Investors agreed to: (i) waive any breaches or defaults caused by the Company’s failure to timely file its SEC reports through August 21, 2024; and (ii) waive certain registration failures until October 3, 2024. In addition, the PIPE Investors waived any breaches or defaults that may have occurred or will occur solely as a result of the Company’s failure to comply with the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market due to: (i) the Company’s failure to meet the stockholders’ equity requirement for continued listing, provided that the foregoing waiver shall expire on January 15, 2025, (ii) the Company’s failure to meet the market value of publicly held shares requirement for continued listing, provided that the foregoing waiver shall expire on January 15, 2025, and/or (iii) the Company’s failure to meet the minimum bid price requirement for continued listing; provided that the foregoing waiver shall expire on January 15, 2025, provided further that to the extent the Company is in compliance with all other Nasdaq Stock Market listing requirements and has filed a preliminary proxy statement to hold a special meeting to vote on a reverse stock split to remedy the bid price failure, the waiver shall be extended to March 15, 2025. In connection with the Amendment, the Company issued an aggregate of shares in satisfaction of certain registration statement delay payments and issued an aggregate of shares in satisfaction of outstanding interest payments. Such payments were made at the “Alternate Conversion Price” set forth in the PIPE Convertible Notes, which is equal to the lesser of (i) the Conversion Price, and (ii) 90% of the lowest volume weighted average price of the Class A common stock during the five consecutive trading days immediately prior to such conversion.
On
November 7, 2024, certain PIPE Investors agreed to purchase additional PIPE Convertible Notes in aggregate principal amount of $
On
December 6, 2024, a certain PIPE Investor agreed to purchase additional PIPE Convertible Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $
As of December 31, 2024, the Company recorded PIPE Convertible Notes payable
of $
NOTE 3 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The summary of significant accounting policies presented below is designed to assist in understanding the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Such consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are the representations of the Company’s management, who is responsible for their integrity and objectivity. The Company operates in one business segment, which is Golf Simulators.
Consolidation
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 to conform to the financial statement presentation for the year ended December 31, 2024. These reclassifications had no effect on net loss or cash flows as previously reported.
| F-13 |
Use of Estimates
Preparing financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates these estimates and judgments. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Key estimates relate primarily to determining the net realizable value and demand for inventory, useful lives associated with property and equipment and capitalized software, valuation allowances with respect to deferred tax assets, contingencies, and the valuation and assumptions underlying share-based compensation and equity warrants. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates compared to historical experience and trends, which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents primarily consist of institutional money market funds, U.S. Treasury securities, certificates of deposit, and commercial paper and are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company maintains the majority of its cash and cash equivalents in accounts with large financial institutions. At times, balances in these accounts may exceed federally insured limits; however, to date, the Company has not incurred any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents.
Marketable Investment Securities
The Company generally invests its excess cash in investments in corporate fixed income securities and U.S. Treasury securities. Such investments are included in cash and cash equivalents or marketable investment securities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and are classified based on original maturity. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity date of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents and considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity greater than 90 days and less than one year to be marketable securities.
Marketable fixed income securities are classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Realized gains and losses on the sale of marketable securities are determined using the average cost method on a first-in, first-out basis and recorded in total other income (expense), net in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Each reporting period, the Company evaluates whether declines in fair value below carrying value are due to expected credit losses, as well as its ability and intent to hold the investment until a forecasted recovery of the carrying value occurs. Expected credit losses are recorded as an allowance through other income (expense), net on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
During
the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company sold and liquidated most of its marketable securities resulting in a gain of $
Accounts Receivable, net
Accounts
receivable are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company periodically
assesses its accounts and other receivables for collectability on a specific identification basis. The Company estimates its allowance
using a rate loss model based on delinquency. The estimated loss rate is based on historical experience with specific customers, understanding
of the Company’s current economic circumstances, reasonable and supportable forecasts, and the Company’s judgment as to the
likelihood of ultimate payment based upon available data. Management believes the Company’s credit risk is mitigated by the geographically
diverse customer base and its credit evaluation procedures. The actual rate of future credit losses, however, may not be similar to past
experience. The Company writes off accounts receivable against the allowance for doubtful accounts when a balance is determined to be
uncollectable. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was $
| F-14 |
Inventory, net
The
Company’s inventory consists of raw materials and are valued at the lower of historical cost or net realizable value, where net
realizable value is considered to be the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable cost
of completion, disposal and transportation. Historic inventory costs are calculated on an average or specific cost basis. The Company
records inventory write-downs for excess or obsolete inventories based upon assumptions on current and future demand forecasts. As of
December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had $
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term (including renewals that are reasonably assured) or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. For internal-use software, external costs and employee payroll expenses directly associated with developing new or enhancing existing software applications are capitalized subsequent to the preliminary stage of development. Internal-use software costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software when the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use.
SCHEDULE OF ESTIMATED USEFUL LIVES
| Category | Estimated Useful Life | |
| Computer equipment and software | ||
| Furniture and fixtures | ||
| Vehicles | ||
| Equipment |
Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized, and minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs are expensed as incurred. When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gains or losses are included in the Company’s results of operations for the respective period.
Capitalized Software Development Costs
The
Company capitalizes certain costs related to the development of our software used in our simulators. In accordance with authoritative
guidance, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 985-20, Software
– Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, the Company began to capitalize these costs when the technological feasibility
was established and preliminary development efforts were successfully completed, management authorized and committed project funding,
and it was probable that the project would be completed and the software would be used as intended. Such costs are amortized when placed
in service, on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the related asset, estimated to be three years beginning on February
1, 2024. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria together with costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred
and recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses on our consolidated statements of operations. The Company does not capitalize
any testing or maintenance costs. The accounting for these capitalized software costs requires management to make significant judgments,
assumptions and estimates related to the timing and amount of recognized capitalized software development costs. The balance of capitalized
software development costs, net of accumulated amortization, at December 31, 2024 and 2023, was $
| F-15 |
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or any other significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. For asset groups held and used, the carrying value of the asset group is considered recoverable when the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group exceed the respective carrying value. In the event the carrying value is not recoverable, an impairment charge would be recognized for the asset group to be held and used equal to the excess of the carrying value above the estimated fair value of the asset group. Impairment charges are recognized within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company did not record a loss on impairment during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Advertising and Marketing Costs
The
Company expenses advertising and marketing costs as they are incurred. Advertising and marketing expenses were $
Debt with Warrants
In accordance with ASC 470-20-25, when the Company issued debt with warrants, the Company treats the fair value of the warrants as a debt discount, recorded as a contra-liability against the debt, and amortizes the balance over the life of the underlying debt as amortization of debt discount expense in the consolidated statements of operations using the straight-line method. The offset to the contra-liability is recorded as either equity or liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets depending on the accounting treatment of the warrants. If the debt is retired early, the associated debt discount is then recognized immediately as amortization of debt discount expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
Fair Value Measurements
As defined in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The Company utilizes market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated, or generally unobservable. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). This fair value measurement framework applies at both initial and subsequent measurement.
| Level 1: | Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. |
| Level 2: | Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reported date. Level 2 includes those financial instruments that are valued using models or other valuation methodologies. These models are primarily industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including quoted forward prices for commodities, time value, volatility factors and current market and contractual prices for the underlying instruments, as well as other relevant economic measures. Substantially all of these assumptions are observable in the marketplace throughout the full term of the instrument, can be derived from observable data or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace. |
| Level 3: | Pricing inputs include significant inputs that are generally less observable from objective sources. These inputs may be used with internally developed methodologies that result in management’s best estimate of fair value. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement for nonrecurring fair value measurements of long-lived assets include pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques. |
| F-16 |
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying value of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and other current liabilities approximate their fair values using Level 3 inputs, based on the short-term maturity of these instruments. The carrying amount of notes payable approximate the estimated fair value for this financial instrument as management believes that such debt and interest payable on the notes approximates the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. The following table shows the Company’s cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, marketable securities, and derivative liabilities by significant investment category as of December 31, 2024 and 2023:
SCHEDULE OF FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
| Fair Value | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | |||||||||||||
| Fair Value at December 31, 2022 | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| Money market funds | ||||||||||||||||
| Corporate fixed income securities | ||||||||||||||||
| U.S. treasury securities | ||||||||||||||||
| Fair value at December 31, 2023 | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| Money market funds | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||
| Corporate fixed income securities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||
| U.S. treasury securities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||
| Derivative liability(1) | ||||||||||||||||
| Fair value at December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| (1) |
Leases
A lease is defined as a contract that conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant or equipment for a period of time in exchange for consideration.
In accordance with ASC 842, Leases, the Company recognized a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and corresponding lease liability on its balance sheets for its office space and warehouse. See Note 19 – Leases for further discussion, including the impact on the Company’s financial statements and related disclosures.
ROU assets include any prepaid lease payments and exclude any lease incentives and initial direct costs incurred. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease if it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.
Leases
in which the Company is the lessee are comprised of office and warehouse rental. All of the leases are classified as operating leases.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets, including tax loss and credit carry forwards, and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
| F-17 |
The Company utilizes ASC 740, Income Taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method to compute the differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the related financial amounts, using currently enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is “more likely than not” that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company’s net deferred tax asset has been fully reserved.
For uncertain tax positions that meet a “more likely than not” threshold, the Company recognizes the benefit of uncertain tax positions in the consolidated financial statements. The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations when a determination is made that such expense is likely.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue Recognition Policy
Revenue is recognized upon satisfaction of all contractual performance obligations and transfer of control to the customer and is measured as the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for corresponding goods or services. Each sales transaction results in an implicit contract with the customer to deliver a product or service at the point of sale. The Company has two distinct revenue streams: golf simulators and content software subscriptions.
Performance obligations under our contracts consist of hardware, software consisting of perpetual licenses and subscription licenses, and support within a single operating segment.
Golf Simulators – Substantially all the Company’s sales are multiple performance obligation arrangements for its golf simulators, for which the transaction price is equivalent to the stated price of the product or service, net of any stated discounts applicable at a point in time. Golf simulators are bundled and are comprised of both hardware, a software license (for the software to operate the simulator), and a content software subscription license. Revenue from golf simulators is recognized at the point in time when installation (hardware and software) has occurred and has been accepted by the customer. For transactions where the Company utilizes a third-party to complete the installation, the Company recognizes revenue solely for the simulator hardware upon delivery to the customer or third-party installer and then recognizes the remainder of the revenue upon installation and customer acceptance.
Perpetual License – Golf simulators require specific proprietary software to run the simulations. The Company records revenue from the proprietary software products under perpetual licenses. Revenue from the perpetual licenses is recognized at the time of installation and customer acceptance.
Content Software Subscriptions – The Company offers content software subscriptions for one and twelve months. We recognize revenue from these transactions when control has passed to the customer and the performance obligations have been satisfied. Control is considered to have passed to the customer when the software license has been delivered and accepted by the customer. The content software subscription revenue is recognized over the term of the contract.
Deferred Revenue
Deferred revenue represents either customer advance payments or performance obligations that have not yet been met.
Revenue
from golf simulators and perpetual software licenses is deferred and primarily recognized upon the installation of the golf simulators
and acceptance from the customer. Revenue from content software subscriptions is deferred and recognized ratably over the life of the
subscription (one or twelve months). During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recognized $
| F-18 |
Remaining Performance Obligations
As
of December 31, 2024, approximately $
Disaggregated Revenue
SCHEDULE OF DISAGGREGATED REVENUE
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Revenues: | ||||||||
| Golf Simulators(1) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Content Software Subscriptions | ||||||||
| Other(2) | ||||||||
| Total net revenue | $ | $ | ||||||
| (1) | ||
| (2) |
Cost of Revenues
Cost
of revenue includes direct materials, labor, manufacturing overhead costs and reserves for estimated warranty cost (excluding depreciation).
Cost of revenues also includes charges to write down the carrying value of the inventory when it exceeds its estimated net realizable
value and to provide for on-hand inventories that are either obsolete or in excess of forecasted demand, as consistently reviewed by
the Company. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded an expense of $
Royalties
The
Company has royalty agreements with certain software suppliers to pay royalties based on the number of units and subscriptions sold.
The royalty percentages range between
Net loss per common share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. All outstanding options and warrants are considered potentially outstanding common stock. The dilutive effect, if any, of stock options or warrants is calculated using the treasury stock method. All outstanding convertible notes are considered common stock at the beginning of the period or at the time of issuance, if later, pursuant to the if-converted method.
SCHEDULE OF LOSS PER SHARE
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Numerators: | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Denominator: | ||||||||
| Weighted-average common shares Series A outstanding, basic and diluted | ||||||||
| Net loss per common share Series A, basic and diluted | $ | ) | $ | ) | ||||
Since the effect of common stock equivalents is anti-dilutive with respect to losses, the options, warrants and shares issuable upon conversion have been excluded from the Company’s computation of net loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
| F-19 |
SCHEDULE OF POTENTIAL DILUTIVE SHARES
| Stock Options | ||||
| PIPE Convertible Notes(1) | ||||
| Common Stock - Series A warrants | ||||
| Common stock - Series B warrants | ||||
| Earnout shares - Earned in three Tranches over three years (assumes achievement of revenue and VWAP targets) | ||||
| Underwriter warrants to I-Bankers convertible at $/common share | ||||
| Total dilutive |
| (1) |
| F-20 |
The Company has the ability to grant employees a number of different stock-based awards, including restricted shares of common stock, restricted stock units, stock options, and stock appreciation rights to purchase common stock, under the TruGolf Holdings, Inc. 2024 Incentive Plan (the “2024 Plan”). The Company records stock-based compensation expense based on the fair value of stock awards at the grant date and recognizes the expense over the employees’ service periods. For performance-based awards, recognition of stock-based compensation expense also includes management’s estimate of the probability of performance criteria as of the end of each reporting period. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized net of estimated forfeitures and expense is not recognized for awards that do not vest if service or performance conditions are not satisfied.
Pursuant to Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2018-07, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Non-employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, the Company accounts for stock options issued to non-employees for their services in accordance with ASC 718. The Company uses valuation methods and assumptions to value the stock options that are in line with the process for valuing employee stock options noted above.
Emerging Growth Company Status
The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it is (i) no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. The JOBS Act does not preclude an emerging growth company from early adopting new or revised accounting standards. The Company expects to use the extended transition period for any new or revised accounting standards during the period which the Company remains an emerging growth company.
Segment Reporting
The Company currently operates as one business segment, which is also the sole reportable segment, focusing on the manufacturing and sales of indoor golf simulators. The Company’s business offerings have similar economic and other characteristics, including the nature of products, manufacturing, types of customers, and distribution methods. The determination of a single business segment is consistent with the consolidated financial information regularly provided to the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”). The Company’s CODM is its Principal Executive and Financial Officer and Director, who reviews and evaluates consolidated profit and loss and total assets for the purpose of assessing performance, making operating decisions, allocating resources, and planning and forecasting for future periods.
| F-21 |
Warrants
The fair value of the warrants is estimated on the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the warrants, expected stock price volatility, and expected dividends. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. Expected volatilities used in the valuation model are based on the average volatility of the comparable publicly traded on recognized stock exchanges. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-03, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions (“ASU 2022-03”), which clarifies the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement (“Topic 820”), when measuring the fair value of an equity security subject to contractual restrictions that prohibit the sale of an equity security and introduces new disclosure requirements for equity securities subject to contractual sale restrictions that are measured at fair value in accordance with Topic 820. ASU 2022-03 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. Management does not believe the adoption of any of these accounting pronouncements has had or will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In November 2023, the FASB issued Update 2023-07 - Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, which requires disclosure of the title and position of the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources, and disclosure of significant expenses regularly provided to the CODM that are included within the reported measure of segment profit or loss. The amendments of ASU 2023-07 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company adopted this new guidance for the year-ended December 31, 2024, on a retrospective basis, and the adoption did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. (see Note 15)
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2023, the FASB issued Update 2023-09 - Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which enhances the disclosure requirements for income tax rate reconciliation, domestic and foreign income taxes paid, and unrecognized tax benefits. The amendments of ASU 2023-09 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted and should be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement — Reporting Comprehensive Income — Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, to disclose additional information about specific expense categories. In January 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-01 Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40), which clarified the effective date for ASU 2024-03. These amendments are intended to provided more information about types of expenses in commonly presented expense captions. The amendments in this update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
NOTE 4 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts consisted of the following as of December 31:
SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Trade accounts receivable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Other | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable | ||||||||
| Less allowance for doubtful accounts | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total accounts receivable, net | $ | $ | ||||||
| F-22 |
NOTE 5 – INVENTORY, NET
The following summarizes inventory as of December 31:
SCHEDULE OF INVENTORY
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Inventory - raw materials | $ | $ | ||||||
| Less reserve allowance for obsolescence | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Inventory, net | $ | $ | ||||||
NOTE 6 – MARKETABLE INVESTMENT SECURITIES
In
February 2023, the Company entered into a brokerage agreement and deposited $
SCHEDULE OF MARKETABLE SECURITIES
| Corporate fixed income securities, weighted average yield and maturity of | $ | |||
| Government securities, weighted average yield and maturity of | ||||
| Total marketable investment securities | $ |
NOTE 7 – OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS
The following summarizes other long-term assets as of December 31:
SCHEDULE OF OTHER LONG TERM ASSETS
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Security deposit - Ethos Management loan(1) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Security deposits - leased facilities | ||||||||
| Total other long-term assets | $ | $ | ||||||
| (1) |
NOTE 8 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
The following summarizes property and equipment as of December 31:
SCHEDULE OF PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Software and computer equipment | $ | $ | ||||||
| Furniture and fixtures | ||||||||
| Vehicles | ||||||||
| Equipment | ||||||||
| Property and equipment, gross | ||||||||
| Less accumulated depreciation | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total other long-term assets | $ | $ | ||||||
Total
depreciation expense was $
The following summarizes capitalized software development costs as of December 31, 2024:
SCHEDULE OF CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS
| Capitalized software - beginning balance, December 31, 2023 | $ | |||
| Capitalized software development costs - 2024 | ||||
| Less accumulated amortization | ( | ) | ||
| Capitalized software development costs, net | $ | |||
Total
amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, was $
| F-23 |
NOTE 9 – ACCRUED AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following amounts as of December 31:
SCHEDULE OF ACCRUED AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Accrued payroll | $ | $ | ||||||
| Credit cards | ||||||||
| Warranty reserve | ||||||||
| Sales tax payable | ||||||||
| Other accrued liabilities | ||||||||
| Total accrued and other current liabilities | $ | $ | ||||||
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities assumed in Merger as of December 31, 2024:
SCHEDULE OF ACCRUED LIABILITIES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES ASSUMED IN MERGER
| Accrued tax payable | $ | |||
| Total accrued and other current liabilities assumed in Merger | $ |
NOTE 10 – NOTES PAYABLE
Notes payable consisted of the following as of December 31:
Revenue from golf simulators and perpetual software licenses is deferred and primarily recognized upon the installation of the golf simulators and acceptance from the customer. Revenue from content software subscriptions is deferred and recognized ratably over the life of the subscription (one or twelve months).
SCHEDULE OF NOTES PAYABLE
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Note payable - Ethos Management Inc. | $ | $ | ||||||
| Note payable - Mercedez-Benz | ||||||||
| Note payable | ||||||||
| Less deferred loan fees - Ethos Management Inc. | ( | ) | ||||||
| Less current portion | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Note payable long-term portion | $ | $ | ||||||
Ethos Management Inc.
In
January 2023, the Company entered into a financing agreement with Ethos Asset Management Inc. (the “Ethos Loan” or “Ethos”)
in the principal amount of up to $
The
Ethos Loan stipulates that fundings should happen approximately every 30 banking days, subject to Ethos completing periodic internal
audits to ensure the Company was in compliance with the terms of the loan agreement. In August 2023, Ethos informed the Company that
unrelated to the Company, Ethos was undergoing a routine audit of its portfolio, and pending the close of the audit, borrowers may experience
delays in drawing on funds when requested. In February 2024, due to the lack of additional fundings and in accordance with the terms
of the Ethos Loan, the Company sent Ethos a notice of termination for materially breaching the Ethos Loan agreement. Based on the termination
for default clause in the Ethos Loan, the Company was entitled to retain all funds disbursed by Ethos and Ethos must release the Deposit
Collateral. At the date of the Ethos Loan termination the principal and accrued interest owed on the Ethos Loan was $
| F-24 |
Mercedes-Benz
In
November 2020, the Company entered into a $
JPMorgan Chase
In
June 2021, the Company entered into a $
In
December 2023, the Company entered into a one-year line of credit facility with JPMorgan. See Note 13 – Lines of Credit. The outstanding
note payable balance of $
Notes Assumed in Merger
As
a successor to DMAQ, the Company assumed notes payable from the Merger in the amount of $
On December 31, 2024, using the proceeds from the November 7, 2024, funding of additional PIPE Convertible Notes (See Note 11 – PIPE Convertible Notes) the Company repaid the remaining balance of such notes in full. The extinguishment of one of the convertible notes resulted in extinguishment accounting. See Note 11 – PIPE Convertible Notes for additional details.
NOTE 11 – PIPE CONVERTIBLE NOTES
On
November 2, 2023 and December 7, 2023, DMAQ executed loan agreements with certain accredited investors (together, the “Prior Loan
Agreements”) pursuant to which such investors agreed to loan DMAQ up to an aggregate $
Under
the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Company has the right, but not the obligation, to require that the PIPE Investors purchase additional
PIPE Convertible Notes at up to two additional closings. On February 6, 2024, the first additional closing (the “First Mandatory
Additional Closing”) occurred for the sale of $
| F-25 |
The
second additional closing (the “Second Mandatory Additional Closing”) may occur upon notice any time following the second
trading day after the First Mandatory Additional Closing, and provides for the sale of up to $
In
addition, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, as amended, each PIPE Investor has the right, but not obligation, to require the Company
to sell to such investor its pro rata share of up to an aggregate principal amount of $
On August 13, 2024, the Company entered into waiver and amendment agreements (the “Waiver”) with the PIPE Investors. Under the Waiver, the parties agreed to, among other things: to (i) waive any defaults caused by the Company’s failure to timely file SEC reports through August 14, 2024, (ii) extend the deadline for Additional Optional Closings to 11 months following the effectiveness of the initial registration statement, (iii) permit the Company to raise non-convertible, unsecured debt financing from its affiliates, (iv) waive certain registration failures through September 3, 2024, and allow such failures to be cured through the issuance of common stock, and (v) allow interest payments due April 1, July 1, and October 1, 2024, to be paid in shares of common stock or added to the principal of the PIPE Convertible Notes, at the election of the applicable PIPE Investor. In connection with the Waiver, the Company issued shares of Class A common stock to satisfy registration delay penalties and shares of Class A common stock to satisfy accrued interest obligations. These issuances were made at the “Alternate Conversion Price” set forth in the PIPE Convertible Notes, which is defined as the lesser of the fixed conversion price or 90% of the lowest volume weighted average price (VWAP) of the Company’s Class A common stock over the five consecutive days prior to conversion. Additionally, the Company issued shares to a PIPE Investor as a result of language in the PIPE Convertible Note related to ownership percentage prior to the Merger.
On November 7, 2024, the Company and certain PIPE Investors entered into further amendments to the Waiver (the “Amendments”) under which the PIPE Investors agreed to waive any breaches or defaults resulting from the Company’s failure to timely file SEC reports through August 21, 2024, and extended the waiver for certain registration failures through October 3, 2024. The PIPE Investors also waived defaults related to the Company’s non-compliance with the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market, including (i) failure to meet the minimum stockholders’ equity threshold, (ii) failure to meet the minimum market value of publicly held shares, and (iii) failure to meet the minimum bid price requirement. These waivers are effective through January 15, 2025, but may be extended through March 15, 2025, solely with respect to the bid price deficiency, provided the Company remains in compliance with all other listing requirement and files a preliminary proxy statement to seek shareholder approval of a reverse stock split. In connection with these Amendments, the Company issued shares of Class A common stock to satisfy additional registration delay penalties and shares of Class A common stock for unpaid interest, also at the Alternate Conversion Price.
Also
on November 7, 2024, certain PIPE Investors agreed to purchase an additional $
One
of the November 7, 2024, PIPE Notes was exchanged for a convertible note payable and an unsecured note payable that were issued to the
same PIPE Investor. The exchange resulted in debt extinguishment accounting as the present value of the future cash flows of the new
PIPE Convertible Note was greater than 10% of the remaining present value of the cash flows of the exchanged notes. As a result, the
Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $
On
December 16, 2024, a certain PIPE Investor agreed to purchase an additional $
| F-26 |
PIPE Convertible Notes payable consisted of the following as of December 31, 2024:
SCHEDULE OF PIPE CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE
| PIPE Convertible Note - Tranche 1 - February 7, 2024 | $ | |||
| PIPE Convertible Note - Tranche 2 - November 7, 2024 | ||||
| PIPE Convertible Note - Tranche 2 - December 16, 2024 | ||||
| PIPE Convertible Note, gross | ||||
| Less Debt Discount associated with OID and Warrants | ( | ) | ||
| PIPE Convertible Notes, net | ||||
| Less gross PIPE Convertible Note principal converted into Class A common stock | ( | ) | ||
| Add accretion of debt discount | ||||
| Total PIPE Convertible Notes, net | $ |
During
the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company converted an aggregate principal amount of $
NOTE 12 – RELATED PARTY NOTES AND LOANS PAYABLE
Related party notes payable consisted of the following as of December 31:
SCHEDULE OF RELATED PARTY NOTES PAYABLE
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Note payable - ARJ Trust | $ | $ | ||||||
| Note payable - McKettrick | ||||||||
| Note payable - Carver | ||||||||
| Loan - Chris Jones | ||||||||
| Notes payable | ||||||||
| Less current portion | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Note payable long-term portion | $ | $ | ||||||
Future maturities of related party notes and loan payables as of December 31, 2024:
SCHEDULE OF FUTURE MATURITIES OF RELATED PARTY NOTES PAYABLE
| 2025 | $ | |||
| 2026 | ||||
| 2027 | ||||
| Total | $ |
ARJ Trust
In
December 2008, the Company entered into a note payable with ARJ Trust, a trust that is indirectly controlled by the Company’s chief
executive officer. The note has a principal amount of $
In
June 2010, the Company entered into a second note payable with ARJ Trust. The note has a principal amount of $
On
The
Company made interest-only payments of $
| F-27 |
McKettrick
In
May 2019, the Company entered into a $
Carver
In
January 2021, the Company entered into a $
Chris Jones
During
the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company chief executive officer loaned the Company an aggregate of $
NOTE 13 – LINES OF CREDIT
JPMorgan Chase
In
December 2023, the Company entered into a $
The
line of credit is secured by a pledge of $
Morgan Stanley
During
February 2023, the Company entered into a variable rate line of credit with Morgan Stanley which was secured by the marketable securities
held in our brokerage account (See Note 6 – Marketable Investment Securities). The Company terminated the brokerage agreement during
the year ended December 31, 2024, liquidated the vast majority of its investments and has $
NOTE 14 – CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE
In
May 2022, the Company entered into two separate but identical $
| F-28 |
The
warrants were exercisable at $
The
Noteholder has the right, at any time on or after the issuance date and prior to the maturity date, to convert all or any portion of
the then outstanding and unpaid principal plus any accrued interest thereon into shares of TruGolf Nevada’s common stock. The per
share conversion price will be convertible into shares of common stock equal to
In the event the Company (i) makes a public announcement that it intends to be acquired by, consolidate or merge with any other corporation or entity (other than a merger in which the Company is the surviving or continuing corporation and its capital stock is unchanged) or sell or transfer all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (ii) any person, group or entity (including the Company) publicly announces a tender offer to purchase % or more of the common stock, then the conversion price will be equal to the lower of the conversion price and a 25% discount to the announced acquisition provided, that, the conversion will never be less than a price that is the lower of (iii) the closing price (as reflected on Nasdaq.com) immediately preceding the signing of these notes; or (iv) the average closing price of the Company’s common stock (as reflected on Nasdaq.com) for the five trading days immediately preceding the signing of these notes.
In
2022 and at the time off issuance, the Company elected to follow the relative fair value method to allocate the proceeds to the warrants,
OID, and convertible notes (collectively the “Financial Instruments”). Total estimated fair value of the Financial Instruments
was $
Based
on an estimated 70% discounted conversion price, the Company recorded $
In July 2023, the Company and Convertible Noteholders entered into Warrant Cancellation Agreements, whereby the warrants were canceled when the Merger (business combination) with Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp. was completed. Also in July 2023, the convertible notes were modified whereby the maturity date was extended by up to an additional eight months (February 29, 2024), to be in two extensions of four months each. Five days prior to the extension deadline the Company was to issue shares (total shares if the Company elects the two extensions) of TruGolf Nevada’s stock. The Company did elect the extension. The Company has not issued the shares as of the date of this filing.
There
was
As
of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the balance of the Convertible Notes was $ and $
| F-29 |
NOTE 15 – DIVIDEND NOTES PAYABLE
Prior
to the Merger, TruGolf Nevada filed its tax returns as an S Corporation. Historically, all income tax liabilities and benefits of TruGolf
Nevada are passed through to the shareholders annually through distributions. dividends were declared during 2023 or 2022. During
2021, the Board of Directors declared $ in dividends to the shareholders, payable in cash as the Company’s liquidity allows.
During 2022, TruGolf Nevada paid the shareholders an aggregate amount of $
Dividends declared, distributed, and accrued are as follows as of December 31:
SCHEDULE OF DIVIDENDS DECLARED, DISTRIBUTED, AND ACCRUED
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Accrued interest on dividends payable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Dividends payable | $ | $ | ||||||
NOTE 16 – GROSS SALES ROYALTY PAYABLE
In
June 2015, the Company entered into a Royalty Purchase Agreement (the “Royalty Agreement”) with a purchaser (“Purchaser”)
for a gross sales royalty. The Purchaser agreed to purchase a sales royalty for the sum of $
| i. | If
the trailing twelve-month revenue of the Company is equal to or less than $ | |
| ii. | If
the trailing twelve-month revenue of the Company is equal to or greater than $ | |
| iii. | If
the trailing twelve-month revenue of the Company is greater than $ |
The
royalty percentage was fixed at
The
Royalty Agreement contains an option for a one-time buy down of the royalty rate. At any time following the date on which the Purchaser
has received royalty payments that are, in the aggregate, equal to two times the then applicable Aggregate Installment Amount ($
The Royalty Agreement also contains an option for a buyout upon the change of control. If pursuant to a proposed change of control the acquirer under such transaction requires, as a condition to the completion of such transaction, that the Company purchase and extinguish all amounts owing or to become owing to the Purchaser hereunder, the Company will pay the greater of:
| i. | An amount equal to two times the aggregate installment amount as at the date of the change of control buyout notice; and | |
| ii. | An amount equal to A multiplied by B multiplied by C, where: |
| a. | A is equal to the
aggregate installment amount as at the date of the change in control divided by $ |
|
| b. | B is equal to 0.8; and | |
| c. | C is equal to the net equity value of the Company; or in the case of a proposed asset sale, the proposed net purchase price of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. |
| F-30 |
The
Royalty Agreement does not contain a stated maturity date or bear interest. The agreement provides for a perpetual payment obligation,
whereby the Company is required to remit a royalty equal to either
Because
the gross sales royalty payable has no stated fixed interest rate or maturity date, it is considered variable interest perpetual debt.
The periodic variable payments to the Purchaser are recorded in interest expense. The outstanding balance at December 31, 2024 and 2023,
was $
NOTE 17 – STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Preferred Stock
The Company has authorized preferred stock of shares with a par value of $. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, there were shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.
Pre-Merger Common Stock
During the year ended December 2023, TruGolf Nevada issued an aggregate of shares of common stock with a fair value of $ per share, to consultants for services rendered.
During the year ended December 2023, TruGolf Nevada issued an aggregate of shares of common stock with a fair value of $ per share, to two executives as compensation.
On
December 31, 2023, TruGolf Nevada issued an aggregate of shares of common stock with a fair value of $ per share, to certain
shareholders for conversion of notes payable and related accrued interest in the aggregate amount of $
Post-Merger Common Stock
Prior
to the Merger, the TruGolf Nevada had shares of common stock outstanding. As described in Note 2 – Business Combination
and Purchase Price Allocation, based on the TruGolf Nevada shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing
of the Business Combination, the Exchange Ratio determined in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement is approximately
Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the ownership of TruGolf’s common stock was as follows:
SCHEDULE OF COMMON STOCK
| Accrual Redemptions | ||||||||
| Number of | ||||||||
| Shares Owned | % Ownership | |||||||
| TruGolf Nevada shareholders - Series A | % | |||||||
| TruGolf Nevada shareholders - Series B | % | |||||||
| Private Placement Investors(1) | % | |||||||
| DMAQ Public stockholders(2) | % | |||||||
| DMAQ Directors and officers | % | |||||||
| DMAQ Sponsor(3) | % | |||||||
| I-Bankers(4) | % | |||||||
| Total | % | |||||||
| (1) |
| F-31 |
| (2) |
| (3) |
| (4) |
Class A Common Stock
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company issued an aggregate of shares of Class A Common Stock with fair values ranging from $ - $ per share to PIPE Convertible Note holders in lieu of cash for interest and make good provisions (See Note 11 – PIPE Convertible Notes).
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company issued and aggregate of shares of Class A Common Stock with fair values ranging from $ - $ per share to PIPE Convertible Note holders for conversion of outstanding PIPE Convertible Notes and related accrued interest and make good provisions (See Note 11 – PIPE Convertible Notes).
Class B Common Stock
The
Class B Common stock has
Outside of the shares of Class B Common Stock issued in connection with the exchange of TruGolf Nevada shares of Class B Common Stock at the time of the Business Combination, no shares of Class B Common Stock were issued during the year ended December 31, 2024.
Warrant and Option Valuation
The Company has computed the fair value of warrants and options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The expected term for warrants and options issued to non-employees is the contractual life and the expected term used for options issued to employees and directors is the estimated period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company utilizes the “simplified” method to develop an estimate of the expected term of “plain vanilla” employee option grants. The Company is utilizing an expected volatility figure based on a review of the historical volatilities, over a period of time, equivalent to the expected life of the instrument being valued, of similarly positioned public companies within its industry. The risk-free interest rate was determined from the implied yields from U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with a remaining term consistent with the expected term of the instrument being valued.
| F-32 |
Warrant Offerings
During
the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company issued
Series A Warrants
In applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to Series A Warrants granted or issued, the Company used the following assumptions:
SCHEDULE OF FAIR VALUE ASSUMPTIONS OF WARRANTS
| December 31, 2024 | ||||
| Risk free interest rate | % | |||
| Expected term (years) | ||||
| Expected volatility | % | |||
| Expected dividends | % | |||
On
February 2, 2024, the Company issued five-year immediately vested warrants to purchase an aggregate of
The
weighted average estimated fair value of the Series A Warrants granted during the year ended December 31, 2024, was approximately $
Series B Warrants
In applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to Series B Warrants granted or issued, the Company used the following assumptions:
SCHEDULE OF FAIR VALUE ASSUMPTIONS OF WARRANTS
| December 31, 2024 | ||||
| Risk free interest rate | % | |||
| Expected term (years) | ||||
| Expected volatility | % | |||
| Expected dividends | % | |||
On
February 2, 2024, the Company issued two-and-a-half-year immediately vested warrants to purchase an aggregate of
The
weighted average estimated fair value of the Series A Warrants granted during the year ended December 31, 2024, was approximately $
| F-33 |
A summary of the warrant activity during the year ended December 31, 2024 is presented below:
SCHEDULE OF WARRANT ACTIVITY
| Weighted | ||||||||||||||||
| Weighted | Average | |||||||||||||||
| Average | Remaining | Aggregate | ||||||||||||||
| Number of | Exercise | Life | Intrinsic | |||||||||||||
| Warrants | Price | In Years | Value | |||||||||||||
| Outstanding, January 1, 2024 | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Granted | ||||||||||||||||
| Exercised | ||||||||||||||||
| Forfeited | ||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding, December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Exercisable, December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
The following table presents information related to stock warrants at December 31, 2024:
SCHEDULE OF INFORMATION RELATED TO STOCK WARRANTS
| Warrants Outstanding | Warrants Exercisable | |||||||||||||
| Weighted | ||||||||||||||
| Outstanding | Average | Exercisable | ||||||||||||
| Exercise | Number of | Remaining Life | Number of | |||||||||||
| Price | Warrants | In Years | Warrants | |||||||||||
| $ | ||||||||||||||
| $ | ||||||||||||||
NOTE 18 – DERIVATIVE LIABILITY
The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of Level 3 derivative liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
SCHEDULE OF LEVEL 3 DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES THAT ARE MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A RECURRING BASIS
| Beginning balance as of January 1, 2024 | $ | |||
| Issuance of derivative liabilities | ||||
| Change in fair value of derivative liabilities | ( | ) | ||
| Ending balance as of December 31, 2024 | $ |
In applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to derivatives issued and outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company used the following assumptions:
SCHEDULE OF DERIVATIVES ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING
| For The Year Ended | ||||
| December 31, | ||||
| 2024 | ||||
| Risk free interest rate | % | |||
| Expected term (years) | ||||
| Expected volatility | % | |||
| Expected dividends | % | |||
During
the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded new derivative liabilities in the aggregate amount of $
During
the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recomputed the fair value of the derivative liabilities to be $
The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation in accordance with the fair value recognition of ASC 718.
Stock Issued For Compensation
On April 17, 2024, the Company issued shares of Class A Common Stock to the former chief financial officer for services rendered with a fair value of $ per share.
| F-34 |
2024 Stock Incentive Plan
On October 24, 2024, the Company filed a Form S-8 to register shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock to participants in the TruGolf Holdings, Inc. 2024 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2024 Plan”). Shares issued or delivered under the 2024 Plan may consist of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, shares purchased on the open market or treasury shares.
On October 11, 2024, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $ per share and a fair value of $. The options were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model under the following assumptions as found in the table below.
| Number of Options | Weighted Average Exercise Price | Weighted Average Remaining Life In Years | Intrinsic Value | |||||||||||||
| Outstanding, January 1, 2024 | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Granted | ||||||||||||||||
| Exercised | ||||||||||||||||
| Forfeited | ||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding, December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Exercisable, December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
The weighted average grant date fair value of the options granted and vested during the year ended December 31, 2024, was $ and $, respectively. The weighted average non-vested grant date fair value of non-vested options was $ at December 31, 2024.
SCHEDULE OF STOCK OPTIONS OUTSTANDING AND EXERCISABLE
| Options Outstanding | Options Exerciseable | |||||||||||||
| Exercise Price | Outstanding Number of Options | Weighted Average Remaining Life In Years | Exerciseable Number of Options | |||||||||||
| $ | ||||||||||||||
| F-35 |
SCHEDULE OF STOCK OPTION GRANTED IN VALUATION ASSUMPTIONS
| For the Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Risk free interest rate | % | % | ||||||
| Expected term (years) | - | - | ||||||
| Expected volatility | % | % | ||||||
| Expected dividends | % | % | ||||||
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
SCHEDULE OF STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION EXPENSE
| Weighted Average | ||||||||||||
| For the Year Ended Decemebr 31, | Unrecognized at December 31, | Remaining Amortization Period | ||||||||||
| 2024 | 2024 | (Years) | ||||||||||
| General and administrative | $ | $ | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | ||||||||||
NOTE 20 – LEASES
The Company is party to two leases: (i) office space in Centerville, Utah (the “Centerville Lease”) and (ii) a warehouse in North Salt Lake City, Utah (the “SLC Lease”). The Centerville lease is scheduled to expire in May 2028 and the SLC Lease is scheduled to expire in November 2025.
The Company has operating leases for its corporate headquarters and warehouse. The Company determines if an arrangement contains a lease at inception based on the ability to control a physically distinct asset. Operating lease right-of-use assets are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets on the initial measurement of the lease liability as adjusted to include prepaid rent and initial direct costs less any lease incentives received. Lease liabilities are measured at the commencement date based on the present value of the lease payments over the lease term. The Company separately accounts for lease and non-lease components within lease agreements. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate to present value the lease liability as key inputs to determine the interest rate implicit in the lease are not shared by lessors.
Operating lease expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases are not recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. Payments for short-term leases are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
When
measuring lease liabilities for leases that were classified as operating leases, the Company discounted lease payments using its estimated
incremental borrowing rate at lease inception point. The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied was
The following table presents net lease cost and other supplemental lease information:
SCHEDULE OF LEASE COST AND SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE INFORMATION
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Lease cost | ||||||||
| Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Net lease costs | $ | $ | ||||||
| Operating lease - operating cash flows (fixed payments) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Operating lease - operating cash flows (liability reduction) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Non-current leases - right-of-use assets | $ | $ | ||||||
| Current liabilities - operating lease liabilities | $ | $ | ||||||
| Non-current liabilities - operating lease liabilities | $ | $ | ||||||
| F-36 |
Future minimum payments under non-cancelable leases for operating leases for the remaining terms of the leases following the year ended December 31, 2024, are as follows:
SCHEDULE OF FUTURE MINIMUM PAYMENTS UNDER OPERATING LEASES
| Fiscal Year | Operating Leases | |||
| Remainder | ||||
| 2025 | $ | |||
| 2026 | ||||
| 2027 | ||||
| 2028 | ||||
| Total future minimum lease payments | $ | |||
| Amount representing interest | ( | ) | ||
| Present value of net future minimum lease payments | $ | |||
NOTE 21 – SEGMENT INFORMATION
The
Company currently operates as
In addition to the significant expense categories included within net loss presented on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations, see below for disaggregated amounts that comprise consulting, contract labor, personnel, business development, royalty, and marketing expenses:
SCHEDULE OF REVENUE BY SEGMENT INFORMATION
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Consulting expenses | $ | $ | ||||||
| Contract labor | ||||||||
| Personnel expenses | ||||||||
| Business development expenses | ||||||||
| Royalty expenses | ||||||||
| Marketing expenses | ||||||||
| Other expenses* | ||||||||
| Total operating expenses | $ | $ | ||||||
| * |
NOTE 22 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Legal Claims
There are no material pending legal proceedings in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or in which any director, officer or affiliate of the Company, any owner of record or beneficially of more than 5% of any class of its voting securities, or security holder is a party adverse to the Company, or has a material interest adverse to the Company.
NOTE 23 – INCOME TAXES
During the Year ended December 31, 2023 and prior, the Company was an S Corporation for federal and state income tax purposes with all income tax liabilities and/or benefits of the Company being passed through to the stockholders. As such, no recognition of federal or state income taxes for the Company has been provided for in the accompanying financial statements for 2023. Any uncertain tax positions taken by the stockholders on their individual returns was not an uncertain position of the Company.
| F-37 |
The following is a reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate applied to pre-tax net loss compared to the income taxes in the consolidated statement of operations as of December 31:
SCHEDULE OF RECONCILIATION OF THE STATUTORY FEDERAL INCOME TAX RATE
| 2024 | ||||
| Income tax benefit at statutory U.S. federal rate | ( | )% | ||
| State income taxes, net of federal benefit | ( | )% | ||
| Stock-based compensation | % | |||
| Non-deductible derivative liability change | % | |||
| Change in valuation allowance | % | |||
| Total tax expense | % |
Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following table sets forth deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31:
SCHEDULE OF DEFERRED INCOME TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
| 2024 | ||||
| Deferred tax assets: | ||||
| Net operating losses | $ | |||
| Stock compensation expense | ||||
| Accrued expenses | ||||
| Extinguishment of debt | ||||
| Depreciation | ||||
| Amortization | ||||
| Allowance for doubtful accounts | ||||
| Deferred tax assets: | ||||
| Deferred tax liabilities: | ||||
| Prepaid expenses | ( | ) | ||
| Other | ( | ) | ||
| Deferred tax liabilities: | ( | ) | ||
| Valuation allowance | ( | ) | ||
| Net deferred tax asset/(liability) | $ |
The
valuation allowance recorded by the Company as of December 31, 2024, resulted from the uncertainties of the future utilization of deferred
tax assets relating primarily to net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes. Realization
of the NOL carryforwards is contingent on future taxable earnings. The deferred tax asset was reviewed for expected utilization using
a “more likely than not” approach by assessing the available positive and negative evidence surrounding its recoverability.
Accordingly, a full valuation allowance continues to be recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets, as it was determined
based upon past and projected future losses that it was “more likely than not” that the Company’s deferred tax assets
would not be realized. The cumulative valuation allowance as of December 31, 2024, is $
Management does not believe that there are significant uncertain tax positions in 2024. There are no interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in 2024.
| F-38 |
The
Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of $
The following table sets forth the tax years subject to examination for the major jurisdictions where the Company conducted business as of December 31, 2024:
SCHEDULE OF INCOME TAX EXAMINATION
| Federal | ||||
| Utah | ||||
| Tax years |
Federal and state laws impose substantial restrictions on the utilization of NOL carryforwards in the event of an ownership change for income tax purposes, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”). Pursuant to IRC Section 382, annual use of the Company’s NOL carryforwards may be limited in the event a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. The Company has not completed an IRC Section 382 analysis regarding the limitation of NOL carryforwards.
However, it is possible that past ownership changes will result in the inability to utilize a significant portion of the Company’s NOL carryforward that was generated prior to any change of control. The Company’s ability to use its remaining NOL carryforwards may be further limited if the Company experiences an IRC Section 382 ownership change in connection with future changes in the Company’s stock ownership.
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) requires taxpayers to capitalize and amortize research and experimental expenditures under IRC Section 174 for tax years beginning after December 31, 2021. This rule became effective for the Company during the year ended December 31, 2024 and resulted in the capitalization of research and development costs of $2,745,033 during the year ended December 31, 2024. Before the TCJA, businesses have had the option of deducting Section 174 expenses in the year incurred or capitalizing and amortizing the costs over five years. The Company will amortize these costs for tax purposes over five years if the research and development was performed in the U.S. and over 15 years if research and development was performed outside the U.S.
On August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act was enacted into law. This Act includes a 15.0 percent book minimum tax on the adjusted financial statement income of applicable corporations, a number of clean-energy tax credits, and a 1.0 percent excise tax on certain stock buybacks. The Company does not expect these changes to have a material impact on the provision for income taxes or the financial statements.
As of the date of this filing, the Company has not filed its 2024 federal and state corporate income tax returns. The Company expects to file these documents as soon as practicable.
NOTE 24 – CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
Cash Deposits
Financial
instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash deposits. Accounts at each
institution are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $
Purchasing
During the year ended December
31, 2024, six manufacturers accounted for approximately
During
the year ended December 31, 2023, five manufacturers accounted for approximately
| F-39 |
NOTE 25 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
PIPE Convertible Notes
One
January 8, 2025, a PIPE Investor exercised its right, pursuant to the February 2, 2024, Purchase Agreement (see Note 11 – PIPE
Convertible Notes) to purchase an additional $
On January 16, 2025, the Company and certain holders of the PIPE Convertible Notes entered into an amendment to the November Waiver (the “January Waiver”) to extend the date by which the Company was required to comply with the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market to February 28, 2025 (see Note 1 – Nature of the Organization and Business); provided that, with respect to the minimum bid price requirement, to the extent the Company was in compliance with all other Nasdaq Stock Market listing requirements and had filed a preliminary proxy statement to hold a special meeting to vote on a reverse stock split to remedy the bid price failure, the waiver for such deficiency shall be extended to April 30, 2025.
During January 2025, the Company issued an aggregate of shares of Class A common stock with fair values ranging from $ - $ per share to PIPE Convertible Note holders in connection with the conversion of outstanding PIPE Convertible Notes and accrued interest.
During February 2025, the Company issued shares of Class A common stock with fair values ranging from $ - $ per share to PIPE Convertible Note holders in connection with the conversion of outstanding PIPE Convertible Notes and accrued interest.
| F-40 |
TRUGOLF HOLDINGS, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
| March 31, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| (Unaudited) | ||||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
| Current Assets: | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | ||||||
| Restricted cash | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable, net | ||||||||
| Inventory, net | ||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | ||||||||
| Other current assets | ||||||||
| Total Current Assets | ||||||||
| Property and equipment, net | ||||||||
| Capitalized software development costs, net | ||||||||
| Right-of-use assets | ||||||||
| Other long-term assets | ||||||||
| Total Assets | $ | $ | ||||||
| LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT | ||||||||
| Current Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts payable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Deferred revenue | ||||||||
| Notes payable, current portion | ||||||||
| Notes payable to related parties, current portion | ||||||||
| Notes payable, current portion | ||||||||
| Line of credit, bank | ||||||||
| Dividend notes payable | ||||||||
| Accrued interest | ||||||||
| Accrued and other current liabilities | ||||||||
| Accrued and other current liabilities - assumed in Merger | ||||||||
| Lease liability, current portion | ||||||||
| Total Current Liabilities | ||||||||
| Non-current Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Notes payable, net of current portion | ||||||||
| Note payables to related parties, net of current portion | ||||||||
| Note payables, net of current portion | ||||||||
| PIPE loan payable, net | ||||||||
| Gross sales royalty payable | ||||||||
| Lease liability, net of current portion | ||||||||
| Total Liabilities | ||||||||
| Commitments and Contingencies | ||||||||
| Stockholders’ Deficit: | ||||||||
| Preferred stock, $ par value, million shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding, respectively | ||||||||
| Common stock, $ par value, shares authorized: | ||||||||
| Common stock - Series A, $ par value, million shares authorized; and shares issued and outstanding, respectively | ||||||||
| Common stock - Series B, $ par value, million shares authorized; and shares issued and outstanding, respectively | ||||||||
| Common stock value | ||||||||
| Treasury stock at cost, shares of common stock held, respectively | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Additional paid-in capital | ||||||||
| Accumulated deficit | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total Stockholders’ Deficit | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit | $ | $ | ||||||
The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
| F-41 |
TRUGOLF HOLDINGS, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
| For the | For the | |||||||
| Three Months Ended | Three Months Ended | |||||||
| March 31, 2025 | March 31, 2024 | |||||||
| Revenue, net | $ | $ | ||||||
| Cost of revenue | ||||||||
| Total gross profit | ||||||||
| Operating expenses: | ||||||||
| Royalties | ||||||||
| Salaries, wages and benefits | ||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | ||||||||
| Total operating expenses | ||||||||
| Loss from operations | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Other (expenses) income: | ||||||||
| Interest income | ||||||||
| Interest expense | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Loss on investment | ( | ) | ||||||
| Total other expense | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Loss from operations before provision for income taxes | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Provision for income taxes | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Net loss per common share Series A - basic and diluted | $ | ) | $ | ) | ||||
| Net loss per common share Series B - basic and diluted | $ | ) | $ | ) | ||||
| Weighted average shares outstanding Series A - basic and diluted | ||||||||
| Weighted average shares outstanding Series B - basic and diluted | ||||||||
The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
| F-42 |
TRUGOLF HOLDINGS, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
(Unaudited)
| Accumulated | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Additional | Other | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred Stock | Class A Common Stock | Class B Common Stock | Treasury Stock | Paid-in | Comprehensive | Accumulated | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Gain (Loss) | Deficit | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2023 | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Realized gain in fair value of short-term investments | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common stock exchanged in Merger | - | ( | ) | ( | ) | - | - | ( | ) | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock - Series A exchanged in Merger | - | - | - | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock - Series B issued in Merger | - | - | - | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | - | - | - | - | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance as of March 31, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock for interest and make good | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock for conversion of notes | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation - options | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | - | - | - | - | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance as of March 31, 2025 | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
| F-43 |
TRUGOLF HOLDINGS, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
| For the | For the | |||||||
| Three Months Ended | Three Months Ended | |||||||
| March 31, 2025 | March 31, 2024 | |||||||
| Cash flows from operating activities: | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | ||||||||
| Amortization of convertible notes discount | ||||||||
| Amortization of right-of-use asset | ||||||||
| Change in OCI | ||||||||
| Stock issued for make good provisions on debt conversion | ||||||||
| Stock options issued to employees | ||||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable, net | ( | ) | ||||||
| Inventory, net | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Prepaid expenses | ( | ) | ||||||
| Other current assets | ||||||||
| Accounts payable | ( | ) | ||||||
| Deferred revenue | ||||||||
| Accrued interest payable | ( | ) | ||||||
| Accrued and other current liabilities | ( | ) | ||||||
| Lease liability | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | ( | ) | ||||||
| Cash flows from investing activities: | ||||||||
| Purchases of property and equipment | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Capitalized software, net | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Cash flows from financing activities: | ||||||||
| Proceeds from PIPE loans, net of discount | ||||||||
| Cash acquired in Merger | ||||||||
| Increase in other liabilities | ||||||||
| Costs of Merger paid from PIPE loan | ( | ) | ||||||
| Repayments of line of credit | ( | ) | ||||||
| Repayments of liabilities assumed in Merger | ( | ) | ||||||
| Repayments of notes payable | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Repayments of notes payable - related party | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities | ||||||||
| Net change in cash , cash equivalents and restricted cash | ||||||||
| Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash - beginning of year | ||||||||
| Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash - end of year | $ | $ | ||||||
| Supplemental cash flow information: | ||||||||
| Cash paid for: | ||||||||
| Interest | $ | $ | ||||||
| Income taxes | $ | $ | ||||||
| Non-cash investing and financing activities: | ||||||||
| PIPE note principal converted to Class A Common Stock | $ | $ | ||||||
| Notes payable assumed in Merger | $ | $ | ||||||
| Accrued liabilities assumed in Merger | $ | $ | ||||||
| Remeasurement of common stock exchanged/issued in Merger | $ | $ | ( | ) | ||||
The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
| F-44 |
TRUGOLF HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
NOTE 1 – NATURE OF THE ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS
Nature of the Business
For over 40 years, TruGolf Holdings, In. (including its subsidiaries “the Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our”) has been creating indoor golf software and hardware and are focused on both the residential and commercial golf simulation industries. We design, develop, manufacture and sell golf simulators for residential and commercial applications. We offer portable, professional, commercial and custom simulators. In addition, to bundling our software with our simulators, we offer our E6 Connect and E6 Apex software as well as other gaming software on a standalone basis. We have leveraged the power of our hardware and software platform to create a collection of multi-sport games including football, soccer, soccer golf, frisbee golf, zombie dodgeball, and cowboy target practice.
TruGolf Nevada has been creating indoor golf software for 40 years. We began as a subsidiary of Access Software, Inc., a video game developer based in Salt Lake City, Utah (“Access Software”), which was co-founded in November 1982, by Christopher Jones, the Company’s largest stockholder, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman. In April 1999, Access Software was purchased by Microsoft Corp., for its expertise in golf software development. Following the acquisition, the core programming and graphics team of Links™, which created Links LS 1999, one of the bestselling PC sports games of 1999, were spun out to TruGolf Nevada.
Since 1999, we have focused on establishing residential and commercial golf simulation as a viable industry, and since 2007, we have focused on fabricating custom golf simulators for luxury clients. Part of our initial strategy included partnering with hardware inventors to provide them world class software. Over time, we found that it was not viable to rely on these early hardware inventors alone, we also began building and selling our own hardware. In addition, we are working with a video game company to utilize their new dynamic graphics engine which will enable us to bring photorealistic golf courses to life through our E6 software (discussed below). In addition, we have developed multiple sources and 3rd party manufacturers for the raw materials or parts for our products, including but not limited to, steel or aluminum frames, fabric, turf, screens, projectors, PCs, cameras, lasers, infrared sensors, and supporting subsystems. The availability of the frames and fabric from our principal provider, Allied ES&A, has been increased as they have moved into a much larger facility directly located in a large employee base community and we have entered into negotiations with a second supplier in order to provide alternative sourcing if needed. A third supplier, Impact Signs, has also been used in the past and TruGolf Nevada believes that it could purchase turf, and screen supplies from them as well if needed. Both turf (Controlled Products), and screen suppliers (Allied), are so specialized that we have come to rely on one vendor for each, respectively. Turf particularly experienced some delivery delays in 2022 that have been rectified, additional inventory has been secured locally, and our highest volume portable simulators have been redesigned to use less raw materials from that vendor, while adding an improved hitting surface from a second vendor, Real Feel, to mitigate risk. Negotiations with a second supplier of screen materials is in progress. Projectors (TV Specialists), PCs, lasers, IR sensors and other systems come from multiple suppliers with no historical delay in supply. We have 2 primary suppliers of cameras, IDS and Basler, and have integrated products from both in the new Apogee unit to ensure the greatest availability possible.
The Company is an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, and as such, has elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.
Corporate History
Trugolf Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp.) (the “Company” or “TruGolf”, “we”, “us”) was incorporated on July 8, 2020 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a business combination, with no material operation of its own. Our operations are conducted through our subsidiary TruGolf, Inc., a Nevada Corporation (“TruGolf Nevada”). TruGolf Nevada was formed as a Utah corporation on October 4, 1995, under the name “TruGolf, Incorporated”. TruGolf Nevada’s original business plan was the creation of golfing video games. On June 9, 1999, the TruGolf Nevada changed its name to “TruGolf, Inc.” Effective on April 26, 2016, TruGolf Nevada filed Articles of Merger with the State of Utah, Department of Commerce, and on April 28, 2016, TruGolf Nevada filed Articles of Merger with the Secretary of State of Nevada, pursuant to which TruGolf, Inc., a Utah corporation, merged with and into TruGolf Nevada, pursuant to a Plan of Merger. TruGolf Nevada was the surviving corporation in the merger. In connection with the Plan of Merger, TruGolf Nevada affected a four-for-one forward stock split of its outstanding common stock.
| F-45 |
On January 31, 2024 the Company completed the previously announced business combination pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 21, 2023 (as amended, the “Merger Agreement”), which provided for, Merger Sub to merge with and into TruGolf Nevada, with TruGolf Nevada surviving as a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp. (“DMAQ”), a Delaware corporation and TruGolf’s predecessor company as a consequence of the merger (together with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Business Combination”). In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, DMAQ changed its name to TruGolf Holdings, Inc. TruGolf Holdings, Inc.’s Class A common stock commenced trading on The Nasdaq Global Market under the ticker symbol “TRUG” on February 1, 2024.
On
May 10, 2024 the Company formed TruGolf Links Franchising, LLC (“Links”), a wholly owned subsidiary in the state of Delaware.
Links has a sole member, TruGolf, Inc. Links was formed to establish and sell franchises that would use the Company’s indoor golf
and recreational sports simulators and other equipment. Links offers a Service Area franchise agreement for a single location. It also
offers a regional developer franchise agreement that allows the franchisee to sell franchises within its region. The upfront fees range
from $
Nasdaq Compliance
On July 15, 2024, the Company received a deficiency letter from the Listing Qualifications Department (the “Staff”) of the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) notifying the Company that since it failed to file its Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2024 it no longer complied with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5250(c)(1). The deficiency letter did not result in the immediate delisting of the Company’s common stock from the Nasdaq Capital Market. On August 14, 2024, the Company filed its Quarterly Report in the Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2024 and the Company regained compliance with the applicable Nasdaq rule.
On
August 19, 2024, the Company received a written notification (the “ Equity Notice”) from the Listing Qualifications Department
(the “Staff”) of the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) notifying the Company that, based on the Company’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, the Company’s stockholders’ equity was ($
Pursuant to Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5810(c)(2)(C), the Company was provided 45 calendar days, or until November 18, 2024, to supply a specific plan to regain compliance with all Nasdaq Global Market listing requirements and the Company’s time frame to complete its plan. The Company submitted its plan of compliance on November 18, 2024, which was accepted by the Staff, and Nasdaq granted an extension of 180 calendar days from the date of the Equity Notice, or until March 31, 2025, to evidence compliance. On April 2, 2025, the Company received a delist determination letter from the Staff (the “Nasdaq Notice”) advising the Company that the Staff had determined that the Company had not regained compliance with the Global Equity Standard. Accordingly, the Staff indicated that unless the Company requests a hearing panel (a “Panel”) appeal of the delist determination by April 9, 2025, its securities would be delisted on April 11, 2025.
On April 9, 2025, the Company appealed Nasdaq’s determination to a Panel pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Nasdaq Listing Rule 5800 Series to stay the suspension of the Company’s securities pending the Panel’s decision and the expiration of any additional extension period granted by the Panel following the hearing. Such hearing has been set for May 15, 2025.
On November 5, 2024, the Company received a written notification (the “Bid Notice”) from the Staff notifying the Company that, for the 30 consecutive business days ended November 4, 2024, the Company’s security did not maintain a minimum bid price of $ per share. Nasdaq stated in its letter that in accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A), the Company has a compliance period of 180 calendar days from the date of the Bid Notice (the “Compliance Period”), and that it may regain compliance if the closing bid on the Company’s security is at least $1 for a minimum of ten consecutive days during the Compliance Period, which will end May 5, 2025. If the Company chooses to implement a reverse stock split, it must complete the split no later than 10 business days prior to the expiration of the Compliance Period, in order to regain compliance.
On
November 5, 2024,
On May 7, 2025, the Company received written notice (the “MVPHS Notice”) from Nasdaq stating that the Company had not regained compliance with the MVPHS requirement or the bid price requirement. The Company intends to present to the Panel at the hearing a plan to regain compliance with all the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq, including the MVPHS requirement and the bid price requirement.
| F-46 |
Liquidity
The
accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Company will continue as
a going concern, which contemplates realization of assets and satisfying liabilities in the normal course of business. At March 31, 2025,
the Company has an accumulated deficit of approximately $
To
date the Company has been funding operations primarily through the reinvestment of free cash flows generated from our business operations,
sale of equity in private placements, PIPE convertible debt instruments and revenues generated by the Company’s services. During
the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company received $
Based on its current cash resources and commitments, the Company believes it will be able to maintain its current planned development and corresponding level of expenditure for at least twelve months from the date of the issuance of these consolidated financial statements, although no assurance can be given that it will not need additional funds prior to such time.
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern and the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The carrying amounts of assets and liabilities presented in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not necessarily purport to represent realizable or settlement values. The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 has been prepared in accordance with GAAP for interim financial information and with the instructions to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. In the opinion of management, such financial information includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position at such dates and the operating results and cash flows for such periods. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2025 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year or for any other subsequent interim period.
Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been omitted pursuant to the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). These unaudited financial statements and related notes should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 15, 2025.
Principles of Consolidation
The Company prepares its financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which requires management to use its judgment to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and related disclosures at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reported period. These assumptions and estimates could have a material effect on the financial statements. Actual results may differ materially from those estimates. The Company’s management periodically reviews estimates on an ongoing basis based on information currently available, and changes in facts and circumstances may cause the Company to revise these estimates. Significant estimates include estimates used in the valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets and capitalized software costs. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
| F-47 |
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to conform to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statement presentation for the three months ended March 31, 2025. These reclassifications had no effect on net loss or cash flows as previously reported.
Use of Estimates
Preparing unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates these estimates and judgments. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Key estimates relate primarily to determining the net realizable value and demand for inventory, useful lives associated with property and equipment and capitalized software, valuation allowances with respect to deferred tax assets, contingencies, and the valuation and assumptions underlying share-based compensation and equity warrants. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates compared to historical experience and trends, which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents primarily consist of institutional money market funds, U.S. Treasury securities, certificates of deposit, and commercial paper and are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company maintains the majority of its cash and cash equivalents in accounts with large financial institutions. At times, balances in these accounts may exceed federally insured limits; however, to date, the Company has not incurred any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents.
Marketable Investment Securities
The Company generally invests its excess cash in investments in corporate fixed income securities and U.S. Treasury securities. Such investments are included in cash and cash equivalents or marketable investment securities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and are classified based on original maturity. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity date of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents and considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity greater than 90 days and less than one year to be marketable securities.
Marketable fixed income securities are classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Realized gains and losses on the sale of marketable securities are determined using the average cost method on a first-in, first-out basis and recorded in total other income (expense), net in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Each reporting period, the Company evaluates whether declines in fair value below carrying value are due to expected credit losses, as well as its ability and intent to hold the investment until a forecasted recovery of the carrying value occurs. Expected credit losses are recorded as an allowance through other income (expense), net on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
During
the three months ended March 31, 2024, the Company sold and liquidated most of its marketable securities resulting in a gain of $
| F-48 |
Accounts Receivable, net
Accounts
receivable are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of allowances for credit losses. The Company periodically
assesses its accounts and other receivables for collectability on a specific identification basis. The Company estimates its allowance
using a rate loss model based on delinquency. The estimated loss rate is based on historical experience with specific customers, understanding
of the Company’s current economic circumstances, reasonable and supportable forecasts, and the Company’s judgment as to the
likelihood of ultimate payment based upon available data. Management believes the Company’s credit risk is mitigated by the geographically
diverse customer base and its credit evaluation procedures. The actual rate of future credit losses, however, may not be similar to past
experience. The Company writes off accounts receivable against the allowance for credit losses when a balance is determined to be
uncollectable. As of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company’s allowance for credit losses was $
Inventory, net
The
Company’s inventory consists of raw materials and are valued at the lower of historical cost or net realizable value, where net
realizable value is considered to be the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable cost
of completion, disposal and transportation. Historic inventory costs are calculated on an average or specific cost basis. The Company
records inventory write-downs for excess or obsolete inventories based upon assumptions on current and future demand forecasts. As of
both March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had $
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term (including renewals that are reasonably assured) or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. For internal-use software, external costs and employee payroll expenses directly associated with developing new or enhancing existing software applications are capitalized subsequent to the preliminary stage of development. Internal-use software costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software when the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use.
SCHEDULE OF ESTIMATED USEFUL LIVES
| Category | Estimated Useful Life | |
| Computer equipment and software | ||
| Furniture and fixtures | ||
| Vehicles | ||
| Equipment |
Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized, and minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs are expensed as incurred. When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gains or losses are included in the Company’s results of operations for the respective period.
Capitalized Software Development Costs
The Company capitalizes certain costs related to the development of our software used in our simulators. In accordance with authoritative guidance, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 985-20, Software – Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, the Company began to capitalize these costs when the technological feasibility was established and preliminary development efforts were successfully completed, management authorized and committed project funding, and it was probable that the project would be completed and the software would be used as intended. Such costs are amortized when placed in service, on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the related asset, estimated to be three years beginning on February 1, 2024. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria together with costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred and recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses on our consolidated statements of operations. The Company does not capitalize any testing or maintenance costs. The accounting for these capitalized software costs requires management to make significant judgments, assumptions and estimates related to the timing and amount of recognized capitalized software development costs. See Note 6 – Property and Equipment, Net for further details.
| F-49 |
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or any other significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. For asset groups held and used, the carrying value of the asset group is considered recoverable when the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group exceed the respective carrying value. In the event the carrying value is not recoverable, an impairment charge would be recognized for the asset group to be held and used equal to the excess of the carrying value above the estimated fair value of the asset group. Impairment charges are recognized within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company did not record a loss on impairment during the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Advertising and Marketing Costs
The
Company expenses advertising and marketing costs as they are incurred. Advertising and marketing expenses were $
Debt with Warrants
In accordance with ASC 470-20-25, when the Company issued debt with warrants, the Company treats the fair value of the warrants as a debt discount, recorded as a contra-liability against the debt, and amortizes the balance over the life of the underlying debt as amortization of debt discount expense in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations using the straight-line method. The offset to the contra-liability is recorded as either equity or liability in the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets depending on the accounting treatment of the warrants. If the debt is retired early, the associated debt discount is then recognized immediately as amortization of debt discount expense in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations.
Fair Value Measurements
As defined in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The Company utilizes market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated, or generally unobservable. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). This fair value measurement framework applies at both initial and subsequent measurement.
| Level 1: | Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. |
| Level 2: | Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reported date. Level 2 includes those financial instruments that are valued using models or other valuation methodologies. These models are primarily industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including quoted forward prices for commodities, time value, volatility factors and current market and contractual prices for the underlying instruments, as well as other relevant economic measures. Substantially all of these assumptions are observable in the marketplace throughout the full term of the instrument, can be derived from observable data or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace. |
| Level 3: | Pricing inputs include significant inputs that are generally less observable from objective sources. These inputs may be used with internally developed methodologies that result in management’s best estimate of fair value. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement for nonrecurring fair value measurements of long-lived assets include pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques. |
| F-50 |
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying value of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and other current liabilities approximate their fair values using Level 1 inputs, based on the short-term maturity of these instruments. The carrying amount of notes payable approximate the estimated fair value for this financial instrument as management believes that such debt and interest payable on the notes approximates the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. The following table shows the Company’s cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, marketable securities, and derivative liabilities by significant investment category as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024:
SCHEDULE OF FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
| Fair Value | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | |||||||||||||
| Fair Value at December 31, 2023 | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| Money market funds | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||
| Corporate fixed income securities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||
| U.S. treasury securities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||
| Derivative liability(1) | ||||||||||||||||
| Fair value at December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| Derivative liability(2) | ||||||||||||||||
| Fair value at March 31, 2025 | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| (1) | ||
| (2) |
Leases
A lease is defined as a contract that conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant or equipment for a period of time in exchange for consideration.
In accordance with ASC 842, Leases, the Company recognized a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and corresponding lease liability on its balance sheets for its office space and warehouse. See Note 17 – Leases for further discussion, including the impact on the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
ROU assets include any prepaid lease payments and exclude any lease incentives and initial direct costs incurred. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease if it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.
Leases
in which the Company is the lessee are comprised of office and warehouse rental. All of the leases are classified as operating leases.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets, including tax loss and credit carry forwards, and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company utilizes ASC 740, Income Taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements or tax returns. The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method to compute the differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the related financial amounts, using currently enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is “more likely than not” that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. At March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company’s net deferred tax asset has been fully reserved.
For uncertain tax positions that meet a “more likely than not” threshold, the Company recognizes the benefit of uncertain tax positions in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations when a determination is made that such expense is likely.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue Recognition Policy
Revenue is recognized upon satisfaction of all contractual performance obligations and transfer of control to the customer and is measured as the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for corresponding goods or services. Each sales transaction results in an implicit contract with the customer to deliver a product or service at the point of sale. The Company has two distinct revenue streams: golf simulators and content software subscriptions.
| F-51 |
Performance obligations under our contracts consist of hardware, software consisting of perpetual licenses and subscription licenses, and support within a single operating segment.
Golf Simulators – Substantially all the Company’s sales are multiple performance obligation arrangements for its golf simulators, for which the transaction price is equivalent to the stated price of the product or service, net of any stated discounts applicable at a point in time. Golf simulators are bundled and are comprised of both hardware, a software license (for the software to operate the simulator), and a content software subscription license. Revenue from golf simulators is recognized at the point in time when installation (hardware and software) has occurred and has been accepted by the customer. For transactions where the Company utilizes a third-party to complete the installation, the Company recognizes revenue solely for the simulator hardware upon delivery to the customer or third-party installer and then recognizes the remainder of the revenue upon installation and customer acceptance.
Perpetual License – Golf simulators require specific proprietary software to run the simulations. The Company records revenue from the proprietary software products under perpetual licenses. Revenue from the perpetual licenses is recognized at the time of installation and customer acceptance.
Content Software Subscriptions – The Company offers content software subscriptions for one and twelve months. We recognize revenue from these transactions when control has passed to the customer and the performance obligations have been satisfied. Control is considered to have passed to the customer when the software license has been delivered and accepted by the customer. The content software subscription revenue is recognized over the term of the contract.
Deferred Revenue
Deferred revenue represents either customer advance payments or performance obligations that have not yet been met.
Revenue
from golf simulators and perpetual software licenses is deferred and primarily recognized upon the installation of the golf simulators
and acceptance from the customer. Revenue from content software subscriptions is deferred and recognized ratably over the life of the
subscription (one or twelve months). During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company recognized approximately $
Remaining Performance Obligations
As
of March 31, 2025, approximately $
Disaggregated Revenue
SCHEDULE OF DISAGGREGATED REVENUE
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Three Months Ended March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Revenues: | ||||||||
| Golf Simulators(1) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Content Software Subscriptions | ||||||||
| Franchise Revenue | ||||||||
| Other(2) | ||||||||
| Total net revenue | $ | $ | ||||||
| (1) | |
| (2) |
Cost of Revenues
Cost
of revenue includes direct materials, labor, manufacturing overhead costs and reserves for estimated warranty cost (excluding depreciation).
Cost of revenues also includes charges to write down the carrying value of the inventory when it exceeds its estimated net realizable
value and to provide for on-hand inventories that are either obsolete or in excess of forecasted demand, as consistently reviewed by
the Company. During the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company recorded an expense of $
| F-52 |
Royalties
The
Company has royalty agreements with certain software suppliers to pay royalties based on the number of units and subscriptions sold.
The royalty percentages range between
Net loss per common share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. All outstanding options and warrants are considered potentially outstanding common stock. The dilutive effect, if any, of stock options or warrants is calculated using the treasury stock method. All outstanding convertible notes are considered common stock at the beginning of the period or at the time of issuance, if later, pursuant to the if-converted method.
SCHEDULE OF LOSS PER SHARE
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Three Months Ended March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Numerators: | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Denominator: | ||||||||
| Weighted-average common shares Series A outstanding, basic and diluted | ||||||||
| Weighted-average common shares Series B outstanding, basic and diluted | ||||||||
| Net loss per common share Series A, basic and diluted | $ | ) | $ | ) | ||||
| Net loss per common share Series B, basic and diluted | $ | ) | $ | ) | ||||
Since the effect of common stock equivalents is anti-dilutive with respect to losses, the options, warrants and shares issuable upon conversion have been excluded from the Company’s computation of net loss per common share for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
SCHEDULE OF POTENTIAL DILUTIVE SHARES
| Stock Options | ||||
| PIPE Convertible Notes(1) | ||||
| Common Stock - Series A warrants | ||||
| Common stock - Series B warrants | ||||
| Earnout shares - Earned in three Tranches over three years (assumes achievement of revenue and VWAP targets) | ||||
| Underwriter warrants to I-Bankers convertible at $/common share | ||||
| Total dilutive |
| (1) |
The Company has the ability to grant employees a number of different stock-based awards, including restricted shares of common stock, restricted stock units, stock options, and stock appreciation rights to purchase common stock, under the TruGolf Holdings, Inc. 2024 Incentive Plan (the “2024 Plan”). The Company records stock-based compensation expense based on the fair value of stock awards at the grant date and recognizes the expense over the employees’ service periods. For performance-based awards, recognition of stock-based compensation expense also includes management’s estimate of the probability of performance criteria as of the end of each reporting period. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized net of estimated forfeitures and expense is not recognized for awards that do not vest if service or performance conditions are not satisfied.
Pursuant to Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2018-07, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Non-employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, the Company accounts for stock options issued to non-employees for their services in accordance with ASC 718. The Company uses valuation methods and assumptions to value the stock options that are in line with the process for valuing employee stock options noted above.
| F-53 |
Emerging Growth Company Status
The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it is (i) no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. The JOBS Act does not preclude an emerging growth company from early adopting new or revised accounting standards. The Company expects to use the extended transition period for any new or revised accounting standards during the period which the Company remains an emerging growth company.
Segment Reporting
The Company currently operates as one business segment, which is also the sole reportable segment, focusing on the manufacturing and sales of indoor golf simulators. The Company’s business offerings have similar economic and other characteristics, including the nature of products, manufacturing, types of customers, and distribution methods. The determination of a single business segment is consistent with the unaudited condensed consolidated financial information regularly provided to the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”). The Company’s CODM is its Principal Executive and Financial Officer and Director, who reviews and evaluates consolidated profit and loss and total assets for the purpose of assessing performance, making operating decisions, allocating resources, and planning and forecasting for future periods.
Warrants
The fair value of the warrants is estimated on the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the warrants, expected stock price volatility, and expected dividends. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. Expected volatilities used in the valuation model are based on the average volatility of the comparable publicly traded on recognized stock exchanges. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2023, the FASB issued Update 2023-09 - Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which enhances the disclosure requirements for income tax rate reconciliation, domestic and foreign income taxes paid, and unrecognized tax benefits. The amendments of ASU 2023-09 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company adopted this new guidance on January 1, 2025, and the adoption did not have a material effect on the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-01, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Clarifying the Effective Date, which amends ASU 2024-03 to clarify when public business entities (PBEs) and all other entities must begin providing the new expense-disaggregation disclosures. ASU 2025-01 does not change the underlying disclosure requirements introduced by ASU 2024-03; rather, it revises paragraph 220-40-65-1 to state explicitly that the amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption continues to be permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of these amendments on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
| F-54 |
NOTE 3 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Accounts receivable and allowance for credit losses consisted of the following:
SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
| March 31, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Trade accounts receivable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Other | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable | ||||||||
| Less allowance for credit losses | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total accounts receivable, net | $ | $ | ||||||
NOTE 4 – INVENTORY, NET
The following summarizes inventory:
SCHEDULE OF INVENTORY
| March 31, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Inventory - raw materials | $ | $ | ||||||
| Less reserve allowance for obsolescence | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Inventory, net | $ | $ | ||||||
NOTE 5 – MARKETABLE INVESTMENT SECURITIES
In
February 2023, the Company entered into a brokerage agreement and deposited $
NOTE 6 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
The following summarizes property and equipment:
SCHEDULE OF PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
| March 31, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Software and computer equipment | $ | $ | ||||||
| Furniture and fixtures | ||||||||
| Vehicles | ||||||||
| Equipment | ||||||||
| Property and equipment, gross | ||||||||
| Less accumulated depreciation | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total other long-term assets | $ | $ | ||||||
The
Company recorded depreciation expense was $
The following summarizes capitalized software development costs as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024:
SCHEDULE OF CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS
| Capitalized software, net - beginning balance, December 31, 2024 | $ | |||
| Capitalized software development costs - 2025 | ||||
| Less accumulated amortization | ( | ) | ||
| Capitalized software development costs, net | $ |
The
Company recorded amortization of capitalized software costs of $
| F-55 |
NOTE 7 – ACCRUED AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following amounts:
SCHEDULE OF ACCRUED AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
| March 31, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Accrued payroll | $ | $ | ||||||
| Credit cards | ||||||||
| Warranty reserve | ||||||||
| Sales tax payable | ||||||||
| Other accrued liabilities | ||||||||
| Total accrued and other current liabilities | $ | $ | ||||||
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities assumed in Merger:
SCHEDULE OF ACCRUED LIABILITIES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES ASSUMED IN MERGER
| Accrued tax payable | $ | |||
| Total accrued and other current liabilities assumed in Merger | $ |
NOTE 8 – NOTES PAYABLE
Notes payable consisted of the following:
SCHEDULE OF NOTES PAYABLE
| March 31, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Note payable - Ethos Management Inc. | $ | $ | ||||||
| Note payable - Mercedez-Benz | ||||||||
| Note payable | ||||||||
| Less current portion | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Note payable long-term portion | $ | $ | ||||||
Ethos Management Inc.
In
January 2023, the Company entered into a financing agreement with Ethos Asset Management Inc. (the “Ethos Loan” or “Ethos”)
in the principal amount of up to $
The
Ethos Loan stipulates that fundings should happen approximately every 30 banking days, subject to Ethos completing periodic internal
audits to ensure the Company was in compliance with the terms of the loan agreement. In August 2023, Ethos informed the Company that
unrelated to the Company, Ethos was undergoing a routine audit of its portfolio, and pending the close of the audit, borrowers may experience
delays in drawing on funds when requested. In February 2024, due to the lack of additional fundings and in accordance with the terms
of the Ethos Loan, the Company sent Ethos a notice of termination for materially breaching the Ethos Loan agreement. Based on the termination
for default clause in the Ethos Loan, the Company was entitled to retain all funds disbursed by Ethos and Ethos must release the Deposit
Collateral. At the date of the Ethos Loan termination the principal and accrued interest owed on the Ethos Loan was $
Mercedes-Benz
In
November 2020, the Company entered into a $
| F-56 |
Notes Assumed in Merger
As
a successor to DMAQ, the Company assumed notes payable from the Merger in the amount of $
On December 31, 2024, using the proceeds from the November 7, 2024, funding of additional PIPE Convertible Notes (See Note 9 – PIPE Convertible Notes) the Company repaid the remaining balance of such notes in full. The extinguishment of one of the convertible notes resulted in extinguishment accounting. See Note 9 – PIPE Convertible Notes for additional details.
NOTE 9 – PIPE CONVERTIBLE NOTES
On
November 2, 2023 and December 7, 2023, DMAQ executed loan agreements with certain accredited investors (together, the “Prior Loan
Agreements”) pursuant to which such investors agreed to loan DMAQ up to an aggregate $
Under
the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Company had the right, but not the obligation, to require that the PIPE Investors purchase additional
PIPE Convertible Notes at up to two additional closings. On February 6, 2024, the first additional closing (the “First Mandatory
Additional Closing”) occurred for the sale of $
In
addition, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, as amended, each PIPE Investor had the right, but not obligation, to require the
Company to sell to such investor its pro rata share of up to an aggregate principal amount of $
On August 13, 2024, the Company entered into waiver and amendment agreements (the “Waiver”) with the PIPE Investors. Under the Waiver, the parties agreed to, among other things: to (i) waive any defaults caused by the Company’s failure to timely file SEC reports through August 14, 2024, (ii) extend the deadline for Additional Optional Closings to 11 months following the effectiveness of the initial registration statement, (iii) permit the Company to raise non-convertible, unsecured debt financing from its affiliates, (iv) waive certain registration failures through September 3, 2024, and allow such failures to be cured through the issuance of common stock, and (v) allow interest payments due April 1, July 1, and October 1, 2024, to be paid in shares of common stock or added to the principal of the PIPE Convertible Notes, at the election of the applicable PIPE Investor. In connection with the Waiver, the Company issued shares of Class A common stock to satisfy registration delay penalties and shares of Class A common stock to satisfy accrued interest obligations. These issuances were made at the “Alternate Conversion Price” set forth in the PIPE Convertible Notes, which is defined as the lesser of the fixed conversion price or 90% of the lowest volume weighted average price (VWAP) of the Company’s Class A common stock over the five consecutive days prior to conversion. Additionally, the Company issued shares to a PIPE Investor as a result of language in the PIPE Convertible Note related to ownership percentage prior to the Merger.
| F-57 |
On November 7, 2024, the Company and certain PIPE Investors entered into further amendments to the Waiver (the “Amendments”) under which the PIPE Investors agreed to waive any breaches or defaults resulting from the Company’s failure to timely file SEC reports through August 21, 2024, and extended the waiver for certain registration failures through October 3, 2024. The PIPE Investors also waived defaults related to the Company’s non-compliance with the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market, including (i) failure to meet the minimum stockholders’ equity threshold, (ii) failure to meet the minimum market value of publicly held shares, and (iii) failure to meet the minimum bid price requirement. These waivers are effective through January 15, 2025, but may be extended through March 15, 2025, solely with respect to the bid price deficiency, provided the Company remains in compliance with all other listing requirement and files a preliminary proxy statement to seek shareholder approval of a reverse stock split. In connection with these Amendments, the Company issued shares of Class A common stock to satisfy additional registration delay penalties and shares of Class A common stock for unpaid interest, also at the Alternate Conversion Price.
Also on
November 7, 2024, certain PIPE Investors agreed to purchase an additional $
One
of the PIPE Notes issued on November 7, 2024 was purchased in exchange for a convertible note payable and an unsecured note payable
that were previously issued to the same PIPE Investor. The exchange resulted in debt extinguishment accounting as the present value
of the future cash flows of the new PIPE Convertible Note was greater than 10% of the remaining present value of the cash flows of
the exchanged notes. As a result, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $
On December
16, 2024, a certain PIPE Investor agreed to purchase an additional $
On January
8, 2025, certain PIPE Investors agreed to purchase an additional $
During
the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company converted an aggregate principal amount of $
PIPE Convertible Notes payable consisted of the following:
SCHEDULE OF PIPE CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE
| PIPE Convertible Note Balance at January 1, 2024 | $ | |||
| PIPE Convertible Notes issued | ||||
| Less: Debt Discount associated with OID and Warrants | ( | ) | ||
| PIPE Convertible Notes, net | ||||
| Less: Gross PIPE Convertible Note principal converted into Class A common stock | ( | ) | ||
| Add: Accretion of debt discount | ||||
| Total PIPE Convertible Notes, net at December 31, 2024 | ||||
| PIPE Convertible Notes issued | ||||
| Less: Debt Discount associated with OID | ( | ) | ||
| PIPE Convertible Notes, net | ||||
| Less: Gross PIPE Convertible Note principal converted into Class A common stock | ( | ) | ||
| Add: Accretion of debt discount | ||||
| Total PIPE Convertible Notes, net at March 31, 2025 | $ |
During
the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, amortization expense related to the Debt Discount of the PIPE Convertible Notes was $
| F-58 |
NOTE 10 – RELATED PARTY NOTES AND LOANS PAYABLE
Related party notes payable consisted of the following:
SCHEDULE OF RELATED PARTY NOTES PAYABLE
| March 31, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Note payable - ARJ Trust | $ | $ | ||||||
| Note payable - McKettrick | ||||||||
| Note payable - Carver | ||||||||
| Loan - Chris Jones | ||||||||
| Notes payable | ||||||||
| Less current portion | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Note payable long-term portion | $ | $ | ||||||
Future maturities of related party notes and loan payables as of March 31, 2025:
SCHEDULE OF FUTURE MATURITIES OF RELATED PARTY NOTES PAYABLE
| 2025 | $ | |||
| 2026 | ||||
| 2027 | ||||
| Total | $ |
ARJ Trust
In December 2008, the Company
entered into a note payable with ARJ Trust, a trust that is indirectly controlled by the Company’s chief executive officer. The
note has a principal amount of $
In June 2010, the Company entered
into a second note payable with ARJ Trust. The note has a principal amount of $
On
The Company made interest-only
payments of $
McKettrick
In May 2019, the Company entered
into a $
Carver
In January 2021, the Company
entered into a $
Chris Jones
During the year ended December
31, 2024, the Company chief executive officer loaned the Company an aggregate of $
| F-59 |
NOTE 11 – LINES OF CREDIT
JPMorgan Chase
In December 2023, the Company
entered into a $
On January 1, 2025, the maturity date of the line of credit was extended
to December 31, 2025. Upon the maturity date extension the annual interest rate was increased to the Adjusted SOFR Rate plus
The line of credit is secured
by a pledge of $
Morgan Stanley
During February 2023, the Company
entered into a variable rate line of credit with Morgan Stanley which was secured by the marketable securities held in our brokerage account
(See Note 5 – Marketable Investment Securities). The Company terminated the brokerage agreement during the year ended December
31, 2024, liquidated the vast majority of its investments and has $
NOTE 12 – DIVIDEND NOTES PAYABLE
Prior to the Merger, TruGolf
Nevada filed its tax returns as an S Corporation. Historically, all income tax liabilities and benefits of TruGolf Nevada are passed through
to the shareholders annually through distributions. dividends were declared during 2023 or 2022. During 2021, the Board of Directors
declared $ in dividends to the shareholders, payable in cash as the Company’s liquidity allows. During 2022, TruGolf Nevada
paid the shareholders an aggregate amount of $
Dividends declared, distributed, and accrued are as follows:
SCHEDULE OF DIVIDENDS DECLARED, DISTRIBUTED, AND ACCRUED
| March 31, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Accrued interest on dividends payable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Dividends payable | $ | $ | ||||||
NOTE 13 – GROSS SALES ROYALTY PAYABLE
In June 2015, the Company entered
into a Royalty Purchase Agreement (the “Royalty Agreement”) with a purchaser (“Purchaser”) for a gross sales royalty.
The Purchaser agreed to purchase a sales royalty for the sum of $
| i. | If the trailing twelve-month revenue of the Company is equal to or less than $ | |
| ii. | If the trailing twelve-month revenue of the Company is equal to or greater than $ | |
| iii. | If the trailing twelve-month revenue of the Company is greater than $ |
| F-60 |
The royalty percentage was fixed
at
The Royalty Agreement contains
an option for a one-time buy down of the royalty rate. At any time following the date on which the Purchaser has received royalty payments
that are, in the aggregate, equal to two times the then applicable Aggregate Installment Amount ($
The Royalty Agreement also contains an option for a buyout upon the change of control. If pursuant to a proposed change of control the acquirer under such transaction requires, as a condition to the completion of such transaction, that the Company purchase and extinguish all amounts owing or to become owing to the Purchaser hereunder, the Company will pay the greater of:
| i. | An amount equal to two times the aggregate installment amount as at the date of the change of control buyout notice; and | |
| ii. | An amount equal to A multiplied by B multiplied by C, where: |
| a. | A is equal to the aggregate installment amount as at the date of the change in control divided by $ | |
| b. | B is equal to 0.8; and | |
| c. | C is equal to the net equity value of the Company; or in the case of a proposed asset sale, the proposed net purchase price of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. |
The Royalty Agreement does not
contain a stated maturity date or bear interest. The agreement provides for a perpetual payment obligation, whereby the Company is required
to remit a royalty equal to either
Because the gross sales royalty
payable has no stated fixed interest rate or maturity date, it is considered variable interest perpetual debt. The periodic variable payments
to the Purchaser are recorded in interest expense. The outstanding balance at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, was $
NOTE 14 – STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Preferred Stock
The Company has authorized preferred stock of shares with a par value of $. As of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, there were shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.
Common Stock
Class A Common Stock
Class B Common Stock
Equity Transactions During the Period
| F-61 |
Class A Common Stock
During the three months ended
March 31, 2025, the Company issued an aggregate of shares of Class A Common Stock with a fair value of $ per share to PIPE
Convertible Note holders for conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $
During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company issued an aggregate of shares of Class A Common Stock with fair values ranging from $ - $ per share to PIPE Convertible Note holders in lieu of cash for interest and make whole provisions (See Note 9 – PIPE Convertible Notes).
Warrant and Option Valuation
The Company has computed the fair value of warrants and options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The expected term for warrants and options issued to non-employees is the contractual life and the expected term used for options issued to employees and directors is the estimated period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company utilizes the “simplified” method to develop an estimate of the expected term of “plain vanilla” employee option grants. The Company is utilizing an expected volatility figure based on a review of the historical volatilities, over a period of time, equivalent to the expected life of the instrument being valued, of similarly positioned public companies within its industry. The risk-free interest rate was determined from the implied yields from U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with a remaining term consistent with the expected term of the instrument being valued.
Warrant Offerings
During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company did not issue any warrants.
Series A Warrants
On February 2, 2024, the Company
issued
In applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to the Series A Warrants granted or issued, the Company used the following assumptions:
SCHEDULE OF FAIR VALUE ASSUMPTIONS OF WARRANTS
For the Three Months Ended March 31, | ||||
| 2024 | ||||
| Risk free interest rate | % | |||
| Expected term (years) | ||||
| Expected volatility | % | |||
| Expected dividends | % | |||
The weighted average estimated
fair value of the Series A Warrants granted during the three months ended March 31, 2024, was approximately $
Series A Warrants were issued during the three months ended March 31, 2025.
Series B Warrants
On February 2, 2024, the Company
issued two-and-a-half-year
| F-62 |
In applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to the Series B Warrants granted or issued, the Company used the following assumptions:
SCHEDULE OF FAIR VALUE ASSUMPTIONS OF WARRANTS
For the Three Months Ended March 31, | ||||
| 2024 | ||||
| Risk free interest rate | % | |||
| Expected term (years) | ||||
| Expected volatility | % | |||
| Expected dividends | % | |||
The weighted average estimated
fair value of the Series B Warrants granted during the three months ended March 31, 2024, was approximately $
Series B Warrants were issued during the three months ended March 31, 2025.
A summary of the warrant activity during the three months ended March 31, 2025, is presented below:
SCHEDULE OF WARRANT ACTIVITY
| Weighted | ||||||||||||||||
| Weighted | Average | |||||||||||||||
| Average | Remaining | Aggregate | ||||||||||||||
| Number of | Exercise | Life | Intrinsic | |||||||||||||
| Warrants | Price | In Years | Value | |||||||||||||
| Outstanding, December 31, 2024 | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Granted | ||||||||||||||||
| Exercised | ||||||||||||||||
| Forfeited | ||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding, March 31, 2025 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Exercisable, March 31, 2025 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
The following table presents information related to stock warrants at March 31, 2025:
SCHEDULE OF INFORMATION RELATED TO STOCK WARRANTS
| Warrants Outstanding | Warrants Exercisable | |||||||||||
| Weighted | ||||||||||||
| Outstanding | Average | Exercisable | ||||||||||
| Exercise | Number of | Remaining Life | Number of | |||||||||
| Price | Warrants | In Years | Warrants | |||||||||
| $ | ||||||||||||
| $ | ||||||||||||
The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation in accordance with the fair value recognition of ASC 718.
2024 Stock Incentive Plan
The Company did not grant options during the three months March 31, 2025 or 2024.
| F-63 |
SCHEDULE OF OPTION ACTIVITY
Number of Options | Weighted Average Exercise Price | Weighted Average Remaining Life In Years | Intrinsic Value | |||||||||||||
| Outstanding, December 31, 2024 | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Granted | ||||||||||||||||
| Exercised | ||||||||||||||||
| Forfeited | ||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding, March 31, 2025 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Exercisable, March 31, 2025 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
SCHEDULE OF STOCK OPTIONS OUTSTANDING AND EXERCISABLE
| Options Outstanding | Options Exerciseable | |||||||||||
| Exercise Price | Outstanding Number of Options | Weighted Average Remaining Life In Years | Exerciseable Number of Options | |||||||||
| $ | ||||||||||||
Total compensation expense related to options was $ for the three months ended March 31, 2025. As of March 31, 2025, there was future compensation cost of $ with a weighted average recognition period of 0 years.
The aggregate intrinsic value totaled $ and was based on the Company’s closing stock price of $ as of March 31, 2025, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
SCHEDULE OF STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION EXPENSE
For the Three Months Ended March 31, | Unrecognized at March 31, | Weighted Average Remaining Amortization Period | ||||||||||
| 2025 | 2025 | (Years) | ||||||||||
| General and administrative | $ | $ | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | ||||||||||
NOTE 16 – LEASES
The Company is party to two leases: (i) office space in Centerville, Utah (the “Centerville Lease”) and (ii) a warehouse in North Salt Lake City, Utah (the “SLC Lease”). The Centerville lease is scheduled to expire in May 2028 and the SLC Lease is scheduled to expire in November 2025.
The Company has operating leases for its corporate headquarters and warehouse. The Company determines if an arrangement contains a lease at inception based on the ability to control a physically distinct asset. Operating lease right-of-use assets are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets on the initial measurement of the lease liability as adjusted to include prepaid rent and initial direct costs less any lease incentives received. Lease liabilities are measured at the commencement date based on the present value of the lease payments over the lease term. The Company separately accounts for lease and non-lease components within lease agreements. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate to present value the lease liability as key inputs to determine the interest rate implicit in the lease are not shared by lessors.
Operating lease expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases are not recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. Payments for short-term leases are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
| F-64 |
When measuring lease liabilities
for leases that were classified as operating leases, the Company discounted lease payments using its estimated incremental borrowing rate
at lease inception point. The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied was
The following table presents net lease cost and other supplemental lease information:
SCHEDULE OF LEASE COST AND SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE INFORMATION
| March 31, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Lease cost | ||||||||
| Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Net lease costs | $ | $ | ||||||
| Operating lease - operating cash flows (fixed payments) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Operating lease - operating cash flows (liability reduction) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Non-current leases - right-of-use assets | $ | $ | ||||||
| Current liabilities - operating lease liabilities | $ | $ | ||||||
| Non-current liabilities - operating lease liabilities | $ | $ | ||||||
Future minimum payments under non-cancelable leases for operating leases for the remaining terms of the leases following the three months ended March 31, 2025, are as follows:
SCHEDULE OF FUTURE MINIMUM PAYMENTS UNDER OPERATING LEASES
| Fiscal Year | Operating Leases | |||
| Remainder | ||||
| 2025 | $ | |||
| 2026 | ||||
| 2027 | ||||
| 2028 | ||||
| Total future minimum lease payments | $ | |||
| Amount representing interest | ( | ) | ||
| Present value of net future minimum lease payments | $ | |||
NOTE 17 – SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company currently operates
as
In addition to the significant expense categories included within net loss presented on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations, see below for disaggregated amounts that comprise consulting, contract labor, personnel, business development, royalty, and marketing expenses:
SCHEDULE OF REVENUE BY SEGMENT INFORMATION
| For The Three Months Ended March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Consulting expenses | $ | $ | ||||||
| Contract labor | ||||||||
| Personnel expenses | ||||||||
| Business development expenses | ||||||||
| Royalty expenses | ||||||||
| Marketing expenses | ||||||||
| Other expenses* | ||||||||
| Total operating expenses | $ | $ | ||||||
| * |
NOTE 18 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Legal Claims
There are no material pending legal proceedings in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or in which any director, officer or affiliate of the Company, any owner of record or beneficially of more than 5% of any class of its voting securities, or security holder is a party adverse to the Company, or has a material interest adverse to the Company.
NOTE 19 – CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
Cash Deposits
Financial instruments that potentially
subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash deposits. Accounts at each institution are insured by
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $
NOTE 20 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Dividend Notes Payable
On April 21, 2025, the Company
entered into agreements with the holders of approximately $
| F-65 |
PIPE Convertible Notes
On April 21, 2025, the Company agreed to cancel and
rescind the conversion of $
On April 22, 2025, the Company entered into Exchange
Agreements (the “Exchange Agreements” and each, an “Exchange Agreement”), by and among the Company and each of
the Holders, pursuant to which each such Holder would exchange (i) the amounts remaining outstanding under the PIPE Convertible Notes
and certain other amounts outstanding with respect thereto in the aggregate amount (the “Note Exchange”), and (ii) the PIPE
Warrants. Pursuant to the Exchange Agreements, on the effective date of the Exchange Agreements, the PIPE Warrants were exchanged, in
reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), into an aggregate of shares of the Company’s newly created Series A preferred stock (the “Series A Preferred
Stock” and such Series A Preferred Stock to be issued in the exchange of the PIPE Warrants, the “Initial New Exchange Preferred
Shares”, and such shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) issuable pursuant to the terms of the Certificate
of Designations, including, without limitation, upon conversion or otherwise, collectively, the “Initial New Exchange Conversion
Shares”), and (ii) a warrant to purchase up to
The Note Exchange will occur on the Closing Date (as defined in the Exchange Agreements), whereby the amounts owing under the PIPE Convertible Notes will be exchanged into shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock. From the date of the Exchange Agreements until the date of the Note Exchange, the conversion price of the PIPE Convertible Notes was reduced to $ per share.
Additionally, the Exchange Agreements amended the Prior Purchase Agreement and contained certain covenants of the Company to, among other items, hold one or more stockholder meetings no later than 90 days following the execution of the Exchange Agreements to approve the shares of the Company’s Common Stock issuable underlying the Series A Preferred Stock upon conversion in compliance with the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Stock Market.
Amendment and Waiver
On May 28, 2025, the Company and the Holders of
certain PIPE Convertible Notes and Series A Preferred Stock each entered into an amendment and waiver agreement (each, an “Amendment”)
pursuant to which each Holder agreed to: (i) reduce the amount of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (the “Common
Stock”) the Company is required to reserve in connection with the future conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock; (ii) increase
the number of authorized shares of Common Stock the Company is required to seek stockholder approval for at its special meeting of stockholders,
and (iii) permit the Company to repurchase up to an aggregate purchase price of $
Equity Purchase Facility
On May 14, 2025, the Company entered into an Equity
Purchase Facility Agreement (the “EPFA”) with an institutional investor (the “Investor”). Pursuant to the EPFA,
subject to certain conditions precedent contained therein, the Company has the right to issue and sell to the Investor, from time to
time, and the Investor shall purchase from the Company, up to an aggregate of $
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the EPFA, at any time until the EPFA is terminated, the Company, in its sole discretion, has the right, but not the obligation, to issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor must subscribe for and purchase from the Company, Shares (“Advance Shares”) by the delivery to the Investor of Advance Notices (as defined below). The Company must, in its sole discretion, select the number of Advance Shares, not to exceed the Maximum Advance Amount (as defined in the EPFA), it desires to issue and sell to the Investor in each Advance Notice and the time it desires to deliver each written notice to the Investor setting forth the number of Advance Shares that the Company desires to issue and sell to the Investor (the “Advance Notice”). There is no mandatory minimum Advances and there is no non-usage fees for not utilizing the Commitment Amount or any part thereof. The price per Advance Share will be determined by multiplying the market price by 93% in respect of an Advance Notice.
Pursuant to the terms of the EPFA, the Company is required to hold a special meeting of stockholders, no later than ninety (90) calendar days following the date of the EPFA, to seek approval of the issuance of all of the Shares that may be issuable pursuant to the EPFA, including the Commitment Shares, in compliance with the rules and regulations of Nasdaq.
In connection with entering into the EPFA with the Investor, the Company also entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “RRA”) with the Investor. Pursuant to the RRA, the Company agreed to register the resale the Shares that are to be issued to the Investor under the EPFA within certain time periods set forth in the RRA. If the registration statement covering the resale of such Shares is not filed or declared effective by certain dates set forth in the RRA, the Company will be required to pay the Investor certain amounts as liquidated damages.
Issuance of Common Stock
Subsequent to March 31, 2025, the Company issued an aggregate of shares of Class A common stock with fair values ranging from $ - $ per share to PIPE Convertible Note holders in connection with the conversion of outstanding PIPE Convertible Notes, accrued interest, and make-good provisions.
On May 5, 2025, the Company issued shares of Class A common stock with a fair value of $ per share to a PIPE Convertible Note holder in lieu of cash for accrued interest.
| F-66 |
PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be borne by the registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares of Class A Common Stock and warrants being registered hereby.
| SEC registration fee | $ | 10,953 | ||
| Accounting fees and expenses | $ | 25,000 | ||
| Legal fees and expenses | $ | 45,000 | ||
| Miscellaneous expenses | $ | 17,437 | ||
| Total | $ | 98,390 |
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Section 145 of the DGCL concerning indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents is set forth below.
“Section 145. Indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents; insurance.
| (a) | A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful. |
| (b) | A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper. |
| II-1 |
| (c) | (1) | To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. For indemnification with respect to any act or omission occurring after December 31, 2020, references to “officer” for purposes of these paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section shall mean only a person who at the time of such act or omission is deemed to have consented to service by the delivery of process to the registered agent of the corporation pursuant to § 3114(b) of Title 10 (for purposes of this sentence only, treating residents of this State as if they were nonresidents to apply § 3114(b) of Title 10 to this sentence). |
| (2) | The corporation may indemnify any other person who is not a present or former director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person to the extent he or she has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein. |
| (d) | Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of this section (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of this section. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer of the corporation at the time of such determination, (1) By a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) By a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) If there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) By the stockholders. |
| (e) | Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate. |
| (f) | The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to or repeal or elimination of the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred. |
| II-2 |
| (g) | A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this section. For purposes of this subsection, insurance shall include any insurance provided directly or indirectly (including pursuant to any fronting or reinsurance arrangement) by or through a captive insurance company organized and licensed in compliance with the laws of any jurisdiction, including any captive insurance company licensed under Chapter 69 of Title 18, provided that the terms of any such captive insurance shall: |
(1) Exclude from coverage thereunder, and provide that the insurer shall not make any payment for, loss in connection with any claim made against any person arising out of, based upon or attributable to any (i) personal profit or other financial advantage to which such person was not legally entitled or (ii) deliberate criminal or deliberate fraudulent act of such person, or a knowing violation of law by such person, if (in the case of the foregoing paragraph (g)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section) established by a final, nonappealable adjudication in the underlying proceeding in respect of such claim (which shall not include an action or proceeding initiated by the insurer or the insured to determine coverage under the policy), unless and only to the extent such person is entitled to be indemnified therefor under this section;
(2) Require that any determination to make a payment under such insurance in respect of a claim against a current director or officer (as defined in paragraph (c)(1) of this section) of the corporation shall be made by a independent claims administrator or in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this section; and
(3) Require that, prior to any payment under such insurance in connection with any dismissal or compromise of any action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the right of a corporation as to which notice is required to be given to stockholders, such corporation shall include in such notice that a payment is proposed to be made under such insurance in connection with such dismissal or compromise.
| For purposes of paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the conduct of an insured person shall not be imputed to any other insured person. A corporation that establishes or maintains a captive insurance company that provides insurance pursuant to this section shall not, solely by virtue thereof, be subject to the provisions of Title 18. | |
| (h) | For purposes of this section, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. |
| (i) | For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section. |
| (j) | The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. |
| II-3 |
| (k) | The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or indemnification brought under this section or under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Court of Chancery may summarily determine a corporation’s obligation to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees). |
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in a successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to the court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is theretofore unenforceable.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
On February 2, 2024, the Company executed a securities purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with certain investors (together, the “PIPE Investors”), and pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, the PIPE Investors agreed to purchase from the Company (i) senior convertible notes in the aggregate principal amount of up to $15,500,000 (the “PIPE Convertible Notes”), (ii) Series A warrants to initially purchase 1,409,091 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (the “Series A Warrants”); and (iii) Series B warrants to initially purchase 1,550,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (the “Series B Warrants,” and collectively with the Series A Warrants, the “PIPE Warrants”) (the “PIPE Financing”).
The Purchase Agreement contemplated funding of the investment (the “Investment”) across multiple tranches. At the first closing, on February 6, 2024 (the “Initial Closing”), an aggregate principal amount of $4,650,000 of PIPE Convertible Notes was issued in exchange for aggregate gross proceeds of $4,185,000, representing an original issue discount of 10%. On such date (the “Initial Closing Date”), the Company also issued the PIPE Investors the Series A Warrants and the Series B Warrants. The transactions described above were undertaken in reliance upon the exemptions from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Regulation D.
Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, each PIPE Investor has the right, but not the obligation, to require that, upon notice, the Company sell to such PIPE Investor at one or more additional closings such PIPE Investor’s pro rata share of up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $10,850,000 in additional PIPE Convertible Notes (each such additional closing, an “Additional Optional Closing”); provided that, the principal amount of the additional Notes issued at each Additional Optional Closing must equal at least $250,000. On December 16, 2024, one PIPE Investor exercised such right with respect to an aggregate principal amount of $2,100,000 of additional PIPE Convertible Notes (the “Additional Notes”) and on such date the Additional Notes were issued in exchange for aggregate gross proceeds of $2,189,000, representing an original issue discount of 10%. On January 8, 2025, one PIPE Investor exercised such right with respect to an aggregate principal amount of $2,800,000 of Additional Notes and on such date the Additional Notes were issued in exchange for aggregate gross proceeds of $2,520,000, representing an original issue discount of 10%. The transactions described above were undertaken in reliance upon the exemptions from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Regulation D.
On April 22, 2025, the Company entered into Exchange Agreements (the “Exchange Agreements” and each, an “Exchange Agreement”), by and among the Company and each of the Holders, pursuant to which each such Holder would exchange (i) the amounts remaining outstanding under the PIPE Convertible Notes and certain other amounts outstanding with respect thereto in the aggregate amount (the “Note Exchange”), and (ii) the PIPE Warrants. Pursuant to the Exchange Agreements, on the effective date of the Exchange Agreements, the PIPE Warrants were exchanged, in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), into an aggregate of 1,885 shares of the Company’s newly created Series A preferred stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock” and such Series A Preferred Stock to be issued in the exchange of the PIPE Warrants, the “Initial New Exchange Preferred Shares”, and such shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) issuable pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Designations, including, without limitation, upon conversion or otherwise, collectively, the “Initial New Exchange Conversion Shares”), and (ii) a warrant to purchase up to 37,033 shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
On April 21, 2025, the Company entered into agreements with the holders of approximately $3.9 million in outstanding notes payable (including accrued interest) originally issued in November 2022, including officers and directors of the Company, pursuant to which such note holders converted all outstanding amounts payable to such note holders into (i) 8,283,139 shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, with respect to $2.6 million in principal and interest of such notes payable, and into (ii) 4,233,077 shares of Common Stock, with respect to $1.3 million in principal and interest of such notes payable, in each case at a conversion price of $0.31204 per share, which was the above closing price of the Company’s Common Stock prior to conversion. The transactions described above were undertaken in reliance upon the exemptions from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Regulation D.
| II-4 |
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
The financial statements filed as part of this registration statement are listed in the index to the financial statements immediately preceding such financial statements, which index to the financial statements is incorporated herein by reference.
| * | Filed herewith. |
| ** | To be filed by amendment. |
| II-5 |
Item 17. Undertakings.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
| (1) | to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; provided, however, that paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-1 and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement; |
| (2) | that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; |
| (3) | to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering; |
| (4) | that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser: |
| Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. | |
| Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and |
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
| II-6 |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Centerville, Utah, on June 20, 2025.
| TRUGOLF HOLDINGS, INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Christopher (Chris) Jones | |
| Name: | Christopher (Chris) Jones | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Christopher (Chris) Jones and Nathan Larsen as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and sign any registration statement (or amendment thereto) for the same offering covered by the registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| Signature | Title | Date | ||
| /s/ Christopher (Chris) Jones | Chief Executive Officer Director and Interim Chief Financial Officer | June 20, 2025 | ||
| Christopher (Chris) Jones | (Principal Executive Officer, Interim Principal Financial Officer and Interim Principal Accounting Officer) | |||
| /s/ B. Shaun Limbers | Directors | June 20, 2025 | ||
| B. Shaun Limbers | ||||
| /s/ Humphrey P. Polanen | Director | June 20, 2025 | ||
| Humphrey P. Polanen | ||||
| /s/ Riley Russell | Director | June 20, 2025 | ||
| Riley Russell | ||||
| /s/ AJ Redmer | Director | June 20, 2025 | ||
| AJ Redmer |
| II-7 |
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this registration statement on Form S-1 of TruGolf Holdings, Inc. of our audit report dated April 15, 2025,
with respect to the financial statements of TruGolf Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the year then ended.
We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ Haynie & Company
Haynie & Company
Salt Lake City, Utah
June 20, 2025